HellermannTyton Product Catalogue 2016/2017

HellermannTyton Product Catalogue 2016/2017
Date of issue: October 2015
Date of issue: October 2015
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.0 Technical Information
24
1.1 Cable Ties Inside Serrated
36
1.2 Cable Ties Outside Serrated
65
1.3 Cable Ties Without Serration
71
1.4 Cable Ties, Releasable
74
1.5 Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
82
1.6 Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
94
1.7 Cable Tie Mounts
129
1.8 Fixing Elements
149
1.9 Clips, Clamps and Plugs
168
1
1.0 Technical Information
For Parallel Routing
Material Information
Material Specification Overview
24
Properties of Polyamide PA66
26
Properties of Polyamide PA66W, PA12, PA46
27
Properties of Polyamide PEEK and E/TFE
28
Chemical Resistance of Various Plastics
29
Flammability Test According to UL94
30
Conformity to IEC 62275 standards for Cable Ties
32
Determining the Minimum Tensile Strength
33
Optimum Storage Conditions for Cable Ties
34
Locking Technologies for Cable Ties
35
DH-series
60
MCT-Series
62
MCTS-Series
63
MCT-/MCTS-Series
64
MCT-Series
62
For Food Industry
detectable
detectable, releasable
1.2 Cable Ties Outside Serrated
For Thin-Walled Bundles
OS-Series
65
PEEK-Series
66
V-Series
67
For Temperatures up to +240 °C
1.1 Cable Ties Inside Serrated
With 90° Angled Head
T-Series
PA66
36
With Low Profile Head
standard, coloured
PA66
38
E.R.D.F. approved
PE-Series
68
for outdoor use, black
PA66, UV-resistant
40
E.R.D.F. approved, releasable
RPE-Series
68
up to +105 °C, natural and black
PA66, heat stabilised,
42
LPH-Series
69
for higher impact resistance,
scan black
PA66,
high impact modified
Robusto-Series
70
44
for higher fire-protection
PA66V0
45
up to +150 °C
PA46
46
for higher chemical resistance
and temperatures up to +170 °C
(E/TFE)
47
for higher chemical resistance and
temperatures up to +115 °C
Polypropylene
48
sustainable bioplastic, black
PA11
49
In-between size to T-Series
black, natural
LK-Series
50
With Open Head
standard, natural and black
Q-Series, PA66
54
standard, coloured
Q-Series, PA66
55
UV-resistant, black
Q-Series, PA66W
57
up to +105 °C, natural and black
Q-Series, PA66HS
58
CTT-series
59
1.3 Cable Ties Without Serration
Locked by Glass Fibre Pin
1-piece
KR-Series
71
ultrasonic welded
KR-Series
72
endless
KR-Series
72
EL-TY-Series
73
With Separate Head and Spacer
endless
1.4 Cable Ties, Releasable
Inside Serrated
RELK-Series
74
RLT-Series
74
RT250-Series
75
REL250-Series
76
with release lever
REL-Series
76
with one-hand release mechanism
REZ- Series
79
For Hose and Gaiter
with tuckaway
Date of issue: October 2015
standard, natural and black
Cable Ties and Fixings
for round holes
Outside Serrated
for marking
LR55-Series
77
with arrowhead and wings
Without Serration
in flexible TPU
78
SOFTFIX-Family
78
With Quick Release Mechanism
SpeedyTie
80
with arrowhead and disc
with fir tree and disc
With Hook and Loop
TEXTIE-Series
81
for weld studs
1.5 Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
Technical Information
82
with mounting head
MBT-Series SS304
83
with rivet
MBT-Series SS316
84
MBTXHD- and
MBTUHD-Series SS316
86
coated
MBT-FC-Series
87
double wrapped, coated
MBTXHDFC- and
MBTUHDFC-Series SS316
89
Short Circuit Test (SCT)
With Ball-Lock
double wrapped
With Punch-locking Mechanism
MST-Series SS304
90
uncoated
MLT-Series SS316
91
coated
MLT-C-Series SS316
91
With Fold Locking
Protective Channel for Stainless Steel Ties
92
Date of issue: October 2015
94
1-Piece Fixing Ties
101
for temperatures
up to +240 °C, PEEK-Series
102
for round holes
107
releasable
108
for cable routing
above the stud
113
for cable routing
alongside the stud
114
adjustable
115
for heavy
duty applications
115
for screws
117
118
127
for round holes,
with rubber seal
103
for round holes
104
for temperatures
up to +240 °C, PEEK-Series
105
for oval holes
103
for parallel routing
104
FT5
109
FT6
110
FT7 - FT10
111
with deep hole anchor
DHA5.5 - DHA8.4
112
for weld studs
for parallel routing
116
1.0–3.0 mm, top fixing
120
1.0–3.0 mm, side fixing
121
3.0–6.0 mm, top fixing
122
3.0–6.0 mm, side fixing
122
twistable
123
Overview
124
2-Piece Fixing Ties
with arrowhead and disc
fir tree, with disc
Product Selection
with arrowhead and disc
100
releasable
for edges
1.6 Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
Consulting Assistant for Fixing Ties
for oval holes
for edges
with arrowhead
LFPC-Series
100
with arrowhead
SRT-Series for
Industry Volumes
with pipe clip
for parallel separation
for round holes
96
releasable
97
for round holes, sealed
98
for oval holes, sealed
98
99
releasable
for heavy duty applications
126
for screws
128
1
1.7 Cable Tie Mounts
Harness Clips for Heavy Duty Applications
standard torque mounts
144
129
medium torque mounts
144
SolidTack-Series MB
130
high torque mounts
(metal bushing)
145
SolidTack-Series FKH
130
high torque double
mounts (metal bushing)
145
MB-Series
131
for parallel separation
145
Q-Mount-Series QMA
134
for edges
146
MB-Series
131
Q-Mount-Series QM
134
MCMB-Series
132
Fixing Elements with Fir Tree
screw-fixing
TY-Series
133
Fixing Elements for BHT-ties
screw-fixing, self adhesive
TY-Series
133
Q-Mount-Series CTQM
135
CTAM-Series
139
PMB5
136
LKC-, NY-Series
137
CTM-, KR-, MCKR-Series
138
MB-, TY-Series
140
LKM-, CL-, FH-Series
141
MP-Series
142
Technical Information
Installation of self adhesive mounts
Fixing Parts with Special Adhesive
for screws or studs
Square-Cut
screw-fixing, self adhesive
screw-fixing
screw-fixing, detectable
Rectangle Design
For Limited Space
screw-fixing
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses
for parallel routing
for distance routing
for distance routing
twistable
146
saddle mount
147
MSBT120
147
S3CBM8
148
S3SB15CBM8
148
Heavy Duty Mounts
for 3-way routing
Paste Adhesive Mount
Overlapping Curved Design
screw-fixing
Curved Design
screw-fixing
Curved Design, for Sideways Fixing
screw-fixing
Mounting Plates
screw-fixing
Stainless Steel 316 Mounts for MBT-ties
SSPC-Series
143
Date of issue: October 2015
screw-fixing
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8 Fixing Elements
1.9 Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Cable Fixing Cradle
Blind Plugs
TM1SF
149
SFC-series
149
Overview
150
Overview
152
Arrowhead Cradle
self adhesive
Bundling Clips
with fir tree
154
screw-fixing
AHC-Series
155
Wire Push-in Clips
IAHC-Series, connectable
157
for edges
158
Plastic P-Clips
CTC-Series
160
for weld studs
CTC-Series for Weld Studs
161
with arrowhead
for tubes and harnesses
Aluminium P-Clips
with fir tree
162
Plastic Rivets
SB-Series
163
CT-Series
163
Clips with Elasticated Loop
SBF Clips
164
Strain Relief Clip
LOK-Series
165
Maintenance Kit
TY5-Series
167
Fixing Elements for Weld Studs
Fixing Base
Rivet Mount
170
SAC-Series
171
130100
171
FKH-Series
172
FKH-Series
172
WPC
173
SNP-Series
174
ALU-P-Series
176
HP-Series
178
TY-Series
179
Cradle Clips
180
Klam-Klip (KK)
181
BMS-100
182
Snapper Hose Clips
159
Fixing Elements for Corrugated Tubing
Date of issue: October 2015
self adhesive
154
IAHC-Series, connectable,
with arrowhead
RB-Series
Clips for Flat Ribbon Cables
with arrowhead
with automatic locking feature
169
Clips with Flexible Flat Design
self adhesive
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses
RA-Series
Clips with Flat Design
self adhesive
Connector Clips
168
Clips with Round Design
1
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.0
Material Information
Material Specification Overview
Material
Shortcut
Operating
Temperature
Aluminium-alloy
AL
-40 °C to +180 °C
Natural
(NA)
•Corrosion resistant
•Antimagnetic
Chloroprene
CR
-20 °C to +80 °C
Black (BK)
•Weather-resistant
•High yield strength
Ethylene
Tetrafluoroethylene
E/TFE
-80 °C to +170 °C
Blue (BU)
UL94 V0
Polyacetal
POM
-40 °C to +90 °C,
(+110 °C, 500 h)
Natural
(NA)
UL94 HB
Polyamide 11
PA11
-40 °C to +85 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
Polyamide 12
PA12
-40 °C to +85 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
•Good chemical resistance to:
acids, bases, oxidizing agents
•UV-resistant
Polyamide 4.6
PA46
-40 °C to +150 °C
(5000 h), +195 °C
(500 h)
Natural
(NA),
Grey (GY)
UL94 V2
•Resistance to high temperatures
•Very moisture sensitive
•Low smoke sensitive
Polyamide 6
PA6
-40 °C to +80 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 V2
•High yield strength
PA6HIR
-40 °C to +80 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
•Limited brittleness sensitivity
•Higher flexibility at low temperature
Polyamide 6.6
PA66
-40 °C to +85 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
Black (BK),
Natural
(NA)
UL94 V2
•High yield strength
Polyamide 6.6,
PA66GF13,
PA66GF15
-40 °C to +105 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
•Good resistance to: lubricants, vehicle
fuel, salt water and many solvents
PA66HSW
-40 °C to +105 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 V2
•High yield strength
•Modified elevated max. temperature
•UV-resistant
Polyamide 6.6,
heat stabilised
PA66HS
-40 °C to +105 °C
Black (BK),
Natural
(NA)
UL94 V2
•High yield strength
•Modified elevated
max. temperature
Polyamide 6.6,
high impact modified
PA66HIR
-40 °C to +80 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
Polyamide 6.6,
high impact modified, heat
and UV stabilised
PA66HIRHSW
-40 °C to +110 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
Polyamide 6.6,
high impact modified, heat
stabilised
PA66HIRHS
-40 °C to +105 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
•Limited brittleness sensitivity
•Higher flexibility at low temperature
•Modified elevated max. temperature
Polyamide 6.6,
high impact modified, scan
black
PA66HIR(S)
-40 °C to +80 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
•Limited brittleness sensitivity
•Higher flexibility at low temperature
PA66W
-40 °C to +85 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
Black (BK)
UL94 V2
•High yield strength
•UV-resistant
Polyamide 6,
high impact modified
glass-fibre reinforced
Polyamide 6.6,
heat and UV stabilised
Polyamide 6.6,
UV-resistant
Colour**
Material
Properties*
Flammability
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont. General linguistic usage for cable ties made from raw material E/TFE is Tefzel®Tie. In additon to Tefzel® from DuPont HellermannTyton is also using equivalent E/TFE raw material from other suppliers.
•Resistance to radioactivity
•UV-resistant, not moisture sensitive
•Good chemical resistance to:
acids, bases, oxidizing agents
•Limited brittleness sensitivity
•Flexible at low temperature
•Not moisture sensitive
•Robust on impacts
•Bio-plastic, derived from vegetable oil
•Strong impact resistance at low
temperature
•Very low moisture absorption
•Weather-resistant
•Good chemical resistance
•Limited brittleness sensitivity
•Higher flexibility at low
temperature
•Limited brittleness sensitivity
•Higher flexibility at low temperature
•Modified elevated max. temperature
•High yield strength, UV-resistant
**More colours on request.
*These details are only rough guide values. They should be regarded as a material specification and are no substitute for a
suitability test. Please see our datasheets for further details.
HF = Halogenfree
LFH = Limited Fire Hazard
RoHS = Restriction of Hazardous Substances
24
Material
Specifications
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
MATERIAL
Cable Ties and Fixings
Material Information
Material
Shortcut
Operating
Temperature
Polyamide 6.6,
with metal particles
PA66MP
Polyamide 6.6 V0
MATERIAL
Material
Properties*
Colour**
Flammability
-40 °C to +85 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
Blue (BU)
UL94 HB
•High yield strength
•Metal and X-Ray detectable
PA66V0
-40 °C to +85 °C
White (WH)
UL94 V0
•High yield strength
•Low smoke emission
PA66V0-HOI
-40 °C to +85 °C,
(+105 °C, 500 h)
White (WH)
UL94 V0
•High yield strength
•Low smoke emissions
SP
-50 °C to +150 °C
Black (BK)
Halogen free
•UV-resistant
•Good chemical resistance to:
most acids, alkalis and oils
PEEK
-55 °C to +240 °C
Beige (BGE)
UL94 V0
•Resistance to radioactivity
•Not moisture sensitive
•Good chemical resistance to:
acids, bases, oxidizing agents
Polyethylene
PE
-40 °C to +50 °C
Black (BK),
Grey (GY)
UL94 HB
•Low moisture absorption
•Good chemical resistance to: most
acids, alcohol and oils
Polyolefin
PO
-40 °C to +90 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 V0
•Low smoke emissions
Polypropylene
PP
-40 °C to +115 °C
Black (BK),
Natural
(NA)
UL94 HB
•Floats in water
•Moderate yield strength
•Good chemical resistance to:
organic acids
PP, EPDM
-20 °C to +95 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
•Good resistance to high temperatures
•Good chemical and abrasion
resistance
Polyamide 6.6 V0,
High Oxygen Index
Polyester
Polyetheretherketone
Polypropylene, EthylenePropylene-DienTerpolymere-rubber
free of Nitrosamine
Polypropylene
with metal particles
PPMP
-40 °C to +115 °C
Blue (BU)
UL94 HB
•Floats in certain liquids
•Metal and X-Ray detectable
•Heat resistant
•Moderate yield strength
•Good chemical resistance
Polyvinylchloride
PVC
-10 °C to +70 °C
Black (BK),
Natural
(NA)
UL94 V0
•Low moisture absorption
•Good chemical resistance to:
acids, ethanol and oil
Stainless Steel,
Stainless Steel
SS304,
SS316
-80 °C to +538 °C
Natural
(NA)
Non burning
•Corrosion resistant
•Antimagnetic
•Weather resistant
•Outstanding chemical resistance
Thermoplastic
Polyurethane
TPU
-40 °C to +85 °C
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
•High elasticity
•Good chemical resistance to:
acids, bases and oxidizing agents
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont. General linguistic usage for cable ties made from raw material E/TFE is Tefzel®Tie. In additon to Tefzel® from DuPont HellermannTyton is also using equivalent E/TFE raw material from other suppliers.
1.0
Material
Specifications
**More colours on request.
Date of issue: October 2015
*These details are only rough guide values. They should be regarded as a material specification and are no substitute for a
suitability test. Please see our datasheets for further details.
HF = Halogenfree
LFH = Limited Fire Hazard
RoHS = Restriction of Hazardous Substances
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
25
1.0
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
Properties of Polyamide PA66
Polyamides are among the most important thermoplastic synthetic
materials. Thermoplastics can be reshaped by heating as often as
required without undergoing chemical decomposition or other negative
changes. This makes polyamide ideal for processing via injection
moulding into high quality products. About 90 % of cable ties and
fixings from HellermannTyton are made from this material. Polyamide
is also known under the brand name of Nylon®, which was introduced
by the Dupont company.
The inner structure of polyamide displays a partial order of polymer
chains, i.e. polyamides are partially crystalline. Due to the tighter
packing of the individual molecular chains polyamide only has limited
transparency to light. The plastic is therefore described as translucent.
The molecular chains of PA66 are made from two base units:
1st base unit
with 6 C atoms
2nd base unit
with 6 C atoms
Each base unit contains 6 carbon atoms (C). Hence the name PA66.
The polyamide PA66 has many properties which are highly
advantageous for HellermannTyton cable ties and fixings, such as:
• High strength, rigidity and hardness
Water content in polyamide
Polyamide is a hygroscopic material - this means that it absorbs and
releases water. The mechanical properties are significantly affected by
the water content – especially flexibility and minimum tensile strength.
In a standard atmosphere of 23 °C and 50 % relative humidity, the
degree of water saturation of polyamide is around 2.5 %. For optimal
processing of cable ties it is therefore important that the polyamide has
a water content of approximately 2.5 % in a state of equilibrium.
The quality and functionality of the products are thus affected by the
water content, therefore the correct storage of our products is crucial.
Please read our separate instructions on storage.
Since humidity is so critical to the quality of the tie, the
question arises: What happens if the tie is installed and the
water content in the tie alters?
The water content determines the flexibility and strength of a tie.
At a water content of approximately 2.5 % the tie has the ideal
flexibility for installation. When the strap is being threaded through
the head of the tie, the pawl must be flexible enough to “see-saw”
over the serration of the strap without breaking. On the other hand,
there must also be adequate material rigidity for the serrations of
the pawl to engage with the serrations of the strap during the tying
process so that a 'positive locking' action is achieved. After achieving
the positive locking action the tie is in a static condition. Changes in
the mechanical properties of the tie as a function of water content
are insignificant during this status.
• High dimensional stability, even under the effect of heat
• High abrasion resistance
Having a wide range of polyamides and additives allows for an
optimum adaptation of the properties of the finished product to suit the
respective requirements.
The following PA66 variants are used for HellermannTyton products:
• P olyamide 6.6 standard (PA66) for temperature conditions of
up to +85 °C
• P olyamide 6.6 Heat Stabilised (PA66HS) for temperature conditions of
up to +105 °C
• Polyamide 6.6 UV Stabilised (PA66W) for exterior use
• P olyamide 6.6 Heat Stabilised and UV Stabilised (PA66HSW) for
exterior use up to +105 °C
• P olyamide 6.6 Impact Resistant (PA66HIR) for high elasticity requirements
• P olyamide 6.6 Impact Resistant and Heat Stabilised (PA66HIRHS) for
high elasticity requirements and temperatures up to +105 °C
Date of issue: October 2015
• Polyamide 6.6 V0 for high standards of fire protection
26
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
Properties of UV-stabilised Polyamide PA66W
Properties of Polyamide PA12
The question constantly arises as to whether a black cable tie is suitable
for use outside. This is dependant on the application of the tie, but in
general the following statements can be made:
Apart from PA66, there are polyamides which are less hygroscopic.
These include PA12, which has a molecular chain made of a base unit
with 12 carbon atoms:
A black cable tie made of polyamide 6.6 standard (PA66) is only
coloured black with a low proportion of carbon black. This is not
sufficient to protect the material from damage caused by UV-radiation
in the long term.
Products made from UV-stabilised polyamide PA66W are produced in
accordance with ASTM standard D6779 with a higher carbon black
percentage of approx. 2 %. So they resist UV-radiation in the European
area for a considerably longer period than standard PA66.
1.0
PA12 has the following advantages over PA66:
• L ess hygroscopic - saturation at 23 °C and 50 % relative humidity is
approximately 1 %
• Better impact performance
• Good weather resistance, even without a special additive
This is clearly illustrated by the comparison of the two images:
After 500 hours of UV-radiation exposure
Polyamide 6.6 standard (PA66) dyed black:
These three properties make PA12 ideal for use outdoors, in particularly
when requirements may include impact resistance.
The water absorption of PA12 is not only less than that of PA66
but also slower. This is the requirement where the mechanical
properties need to remain relatively unaffected by changing
environmental conditions.
Properties of Polyamide PA46
Polyamide PA66, despite the use of additives, is not suitable
for long-term use in temperatures of +105 °C. Due to considerably
better heat resistance, polyamide PA46 is more suitable for
temperatures of up to and exceeding 150 °C (depending on the length
of time of operation).
The joint has been damaged throughout by UV-radiation.
Polyamide 6.6 UV-stabilised (PA66W) with approx. 2 % carbon black:
1st base unit
with 4 C atoms
2nd base unit
with 6 C atoms
Advantages of PA46 over PA66:
• Greater rigidity, even at higher temperatures
• Higher operating temperature ranges of up to +150 °C (5,000 hours)
• Greater form stability at higher temperatures
• Excellent chemical resistance
The joint has only been altered at isolated points by the UV-radiation.
Date of issue: October 2015
For outdoor use, therefore, we recommend our range of
products made from UV-stabilised polyamide (PA66W).
A simple practical test: “the hammer test”
You can quickly determine whether or not a cable tie is UV stabilised.
Strike with a hammer the tail of the strap on the tie. Hold up this
flattened end to the light. Cable ties with a carbon black content
of about 2 % allow no light through and look black throughout.
Standard black ties, however, are transparent on the flattened end.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
27
1.0
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
Properties of Polyetheretherketone PEEK
PEEK, a linear aromatic polymer, is semi-crystalline and is widely
regarded as the highest performance thermoplastic material currently
available. A summary of key physical properties is as follows:
High temperature performance
• Melting temperature of +343 °C (649 °F)
• Continuous use temperature of +240 °C (464 °F) (UL 746B)
Wear resistance
•O
utstanding wear resistance over wide ranges of pressure, velocity,
temperature and counter facial roughness
Chemical resistance
• Excellent resistance to a wide range of chemical environments,
even at elevated temperatures
• The only common environment that dissolves it is concentrated
sulfuric acid
Properties of Ethylene Tetrafluoroethylene
(E/TFE) - Tefzel®
E/TFE can be best described as a rugged thermoplastic with an
outstanding balance of properties.
Mechanically, it is tough, has medium stiffness,
impact and abrasion resistance.
E/TFE can perform successfully in applications where other
materials are lacking in mechanical toughness, broad thermal capability
and the ability to meet severe environmental conditions.
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
Summary of key properties:
• No load continuous use temperature of +170 °C
• Weather resistant
• Inert to most solvents and chemicals
• Hydrolytically stable
• Substantially better resistance to radiation than other plastic materials
Fire, smoke and toxicity
• Highly stable and requires no flame-retardant additives to achieve
a V-0 rating at 1.45 mm thickness
• The composition and inherent purity of the material results in
extremely low smoke and toxic gas emission in fire situations
Hydrolysis resistance
• PEEK is not attacked by water or pressurized steam
• Components that are constructed from these materials retain a
high level of mechanical properties when continuously conditioned
in water at elevated temperatures and pressures
Radiation resistance
• Excellent radiation resistance due to the energetically stable chemical
structure of PEEK
Purity
• PEEK materials are inherently pure with exceptionally low levels of
ionic extractables
• Excellent out gassing characteristics
Date of issue: October 2015
This makes PEEK the right choice for any high performance application
in any industry with a clearly outstanding continuous use temperature
of +240 °C.
28
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.0
Technical Information
Chemical resistance of various plastics
Date of issue: October 2015
p = resistant
r = partly resistant
¡ = not resistant
Acetaldehyde, liquid
Acetowne
Allyl chloride
Aniline
Aromatic compounds
Benzaldehyde
Benzine/Benzol mix
Benzol
Bromine
Carbon bisulphide
Carbon tetrachloride
CFC
Chlorine, gaesous
Chlorine, liquefied
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform
Chromic acid 10 %
Chromic acid 20 %
Chromic acid 50 %
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanone
Decahydronaphthlene
Diethyl ether
Di-isopropyl ether
Dimethyl formamide
Dioctyl phthalate
Engine oil
Ethanonic acid 10 %
Ethanonic acid 100 %
Ethanonic acid 25 %
Ethanonic acid 50 %
Ethyl acetate
Formic acid
Freon
Heptane
Hydrogen peroxide 10 %
Hydrogen peroxide 30 %
Ketone
MethyisobutyIketone
MethylethyIketone
Nitric acid 10 %
Nitric acid 50 %
Nitrobenzene
Ordinary petrol
Paraffin oil
Perchloroethylene
Petroleum
Phenol
Potass. Permanganate
Salad oil
Silicon oil
Sulphuric acid 10 %
Sulphuric acid 50 %
Sulphuric acid 96 %
Toluol
Trichlorethylene
Water, cold
Water, hot
Xylene
These values are only rough guides. They should be regarded as a material specification and are no substitute
for a suitability test. Please see our technical datasheets for further details.
Conc. (%)
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
20
10
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
10
100
25
50
100
98
100
10
30
100
100
10
50
100
Temp. (°C)
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
PA66
p
p
PA46
¡
p
PA12
p
r
r
PA11
p
p
p
p
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
p
p
p
r
p
p
p
¡
p
r
p
p
p
¡
¡
¡
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
20 °C
20 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
20 °C
23 °C
20 °C
20 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
20 °C
23 °C
10
50
96
100
100
23 °C
23 °C
20 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
20 °C
20 °C
23 °C
23 °C
23 °C
100
23 °C
65
6
p
p
¡
¡
p
¡
¡
¡
¡
r
¡
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
¡
¡
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
¡
¡
r
¡
p
¡
p
r
¡
p
p
p
¡
¡
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
p
¡
¡
¡
p
p
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
p
r
p
¡
p
¡
p
p
¡
¡
r
p
p
p
¡
¡
r
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
p
r
p
r
p
p
p
r
p
p
p
r
p
p
¡
¡
r
p
¡
¡
¡
p
p
p
p
r
¡
¡
r
¡
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
r
r
r
r
¡
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
r
¡
¡
p
p
p
p
p
¡
p
p
p
¡
¡
p
p
p
r
p
¡
¡
p
p
p
¡
r
POM
p
p
p
r
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
¡
p
r
p
p
PP
r
p
p
p
¡
p
r
r
¡
¡
r
r
¡
¡
p
r
p
p
p
p
p
r
r
r
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
r
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
¡
p
p
p
r
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
¡
r
r
p
r
E/TFE (Tefzel®)
p
p
p
p
TPU
¡
¡
¡
¡
r
¡
r
r
¡
¡
¡
p
r
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
¡
p
p
¡
p
PEEK
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
r
¡
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
r
r
p
p
p
p
p
p
¡
p
¡
r
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
p
r
¡
p
¡
¡
¡
¡
p
r
p
p
p
p
p
p
¡
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
r
¡
¡
p
p
p
p
p
Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
General linguistic usage for cable ties made from raw material E/TFE is Tefzel®-Tie. In additon to Tefzel® from DuPont HellermannTyton is also using equivalent E/TFE raw material from other suppliers.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
29
1.0
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
What does flammability UL94 mean?
UL is the shortcut for Underwriters Laboratories. This is an
independent organisation in the United States to control and
certificate product safety.
Beside a lot of product standards UL also specified the flammability test
UL94 for plastic materials. UL94 is a material burning test done on a
defined specimen of the raw material but not a test on final products.
UL94 differs between a horizontal burning test UL94 HB (picture 1) and
a vertical burning test UL94 V (picture 2). For the vertical test UL94 V
there are three flame ratings defined: UL94 V0, UL94 V1 and UL94 V2.
In all these burning tests an open flame is applied for a certain time to
the specimen. As the burning behaviour also depends on the thickness
of the material it is important to classify the material not only according
to HB, V0, V1 or V2 but also to mention the thickness of specimen.
UL94 HB:
Horizontal burning test
1
UL94 V:
Vertical burning test
2
specimen
specimen
conductor
plate
burner
burner
Test criteria:
• burning rate of specimen in mm/min.
Classification:
• according to HB
cotton cloth
Test criteria:
• afterflame time of specimen
Date of issue: October 2015
• drip of flaming particles
Classification:
• according to V0, V1 or V2
30
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.0
Technical Information
Following table is a summary of test procedures and requirements of the UL94 classification.
Horizontal Test UL94
Classification
HB
Number of specimen
Vertical Test UL94
V0
V1
V2
5
5
5
3
3
Thickness of specimen
< 3 mm
3 to 13 mm
1st flame application
30 sec.
30 sec.
10 sec.
10 sec.
10 sec.
2nd flame application
-
-
10 sec.
10 sec.
10 sec.
max. 75 mm/min
max. 40 mm/min
-
-
-
Afterflame time after 1st flame
application for each individual specimen
-
-
max. 10 sec.
max. 30 sec.
max. 30 sec.
Afterflame time after 2nd flame
application for each individual specimen
-
-
max. 30 sec.
max. 60 sec.
max. 60 sec.
Total afterflame time for all 5 specimen
after 1st and 2nd flame application
-
-
max. 50 sec.
max. 250 sec.
max. 250 sec.
Afterflame or afterglow of any specimen
up to its end allowed
yes
yes
no
no
no
-
-
no
no
yes
Burning rate
Cotton indicator ignited by flaming
particles or drops allowed
up to max. 13 mm
Date of issue: October 2015
Flammability behaviour on the following product pages are always related to the raw material burning rate according to UL94. Most commonly
used raw materials for cable ties and fixing elements are Polyamide 6.6 standard, Polyamide 6.6 weather resistant and Polyamide 6.6 heat stabilised.
These materials normally fulfill UL94 V2 requirement.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
31
1.0
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
HellermannTyton cable ties conform to
IEC62275 standard
As a leading global manufacturer of quality, high performance
cable management products for over 80 years, HellermannTyton's
extensive fastening and fixings portfolio reflects our long-standing
industry expertise.
Cable ties from the inside-serrated (T-Series, Q-Series), the outsideserrated (OS-Series) as well as our metal cable ties (MBT and
MST-Series) have been tested in accordance with the international
cable tie standard IEC 62275 (Cable management systems Cable ties for electrical installations). This standard supersedes
EN50146: 2000 and all HellermannTyton products fully comply
with the requirements.
Cable ties manufactured from the standard material Polyamide 6.6
(PA66), heat-stabilised Polyamide 6.6 (PA66HS), UV-stabilised
Polyamide 6.6(PA66W) and Stainless Steel grades SS304 and SS316
have been successfully tested and approved.
The following cable ties have been tested and certified:
• T-Series inside-serrated in PA66-NA, PA66-BK, PA66HS-NA,
PA66HS-BK, PA66W
• OS-Series outside-serrated in PA66-NA, PA66-BK, PA66HS-NA,
PA66HS-BK, PA66W
• Q-Series inside-serrated in PA66-NA, PA66-BK, coloured PA66,
PA66HS-NA, PA66HS-BK
• MBT-Series, uncoated in SS316 material grade
• MST-Seres, uncoated in SS304 material grade
Material specification
please see page 24.
The IEC 62275 standard includes the following tests:
• Installation test on minimum and maximum specified bundle diameters
• Installation test at minimum specified installation temperature
• Impact test at minimum specified operating temperature
•M
inimum tensile strength (in the standard this is described as the
loop test)
• L oop tensile test after heat ageing at the specified operating
temperature
• L oop tensile test after heat cycling at the minimum and maximum
operating temperatures
• L oop tensile test after humidity and heat cycling at the minimum and
maximum operating temperatures
•C
ontribution to the spread of fire on both the actual product and test
substrate (tissue paper)
• L oop tensile and visual tests after exposure to ultraviolet light radiation
for PA66W ties
• Resistance to corrosion (dependent on material)
• Loop tensile test after vibration test for metal cable ties
In addition to the IEC 62275, we are proud to offer our customers products that have been certified by well-known and
independent laboratories such as:
Date of issue: October 2015
Profit from our knowledge and experience and the high-quality of HellermannTyton cable management solutions for your
particular industry and market.
32
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
Determination of minimum tensile strength
Explanation of minimum tensile strengths
The minimum tensile strength is a critical selection criterion for
cable ties. It expresses how much loading a cable tie can bear.
This minimum tensile strength is determined in accordance with
the Military Specification and Standards of the USA. Test conditions
being laid down precisely in MIL-S-23190E:
What does a minimum tensile strength of 225 N (50LBS) mean?
To explain what this value means, the mass with which the tie can be
loaded is calculated. The unit of measurement of the mass is stated in
kg. To do so, the unit Newton (N) is shown in the following way:
The test procedure to determine minimum tensile strength:
• Conditioning of the test pieces
1.0
[N] = [kg * m/s²]
• Construction of the test apparatus
The formula for calculating the mass is:
• Application of the tie on a split test probe
• Test speed
Mass = minimum tensile strength/acceleration due to gravity
The cable tie is fixed onto
a split mandrel test probe
with the suitable cable tie
application tool.
The acceleration due to gravity is 9.81 m/s²
Mass = minimum tensile strength/[kg * m/s²]/9.81 [m/s²]
At a minimum tensile strength of 225 N (50LBS) the mass is:
Mass = 225 [kg * m/s²]/9.81 [m/s²]
The units m/s² cancel each other out, leaving the unit [kg] for the mass.
Thus:
The mandrel is opened
at a defined speed.
Mass = 225/9.81 kg = 22.9 kg
Therefore, a T50R cable tie with a minimum tensile strength of 225 N
(50LBS) can be loaded with 22.9 kg.
Conversely, with the required loading capacity the minimum tensile
strength can be calculated by a mass:
Min. tensile strength = mass * 9.81[m/s²]
The loading at which the cable
tie fails is determined. This value
is stated in Newtons (N) and is
recorded through a computer
programme reading the tests.
This programme produces
graphs as outlined below.
If the tie is to be loaded with, for example, 53 kg this produces:
Minimum tensile strength = [53 kg] * 9.81 [m/s²] = 520 N
In order to withstand a load of 53 kg, the tie must therefore have a
minimum tensile strength of 520 N. In this case, select our T120R with a
minimum tensile strength of 535 N (120LBS).
225 N/9,81 = 22,9 kg
53 kg * 9.81 = 520 N
Force in N
Date of issue: October 2015
300
Target
value
225 N
200
100
0
5
10
15
20 test samples
20
Typical measurement protocol of a T50R made of PA66 with a minimum tensile
strength of 225 N.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
33
1.0
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
Optimum storage conditions for cable ties
made of Polyamide (PA)
HellermannTyton cable ties, fastenings and fixings are manufactured
from high-quality polyamide (PA). This industrial synthetic material is
mainly processed using injection moulding, but can also be extruded.
Polyamide is a hygroscopic material. This means that the material
absorbs and loses moisture. For optimum handling of cable ties it is
important that the material is in a condition of equilibrium with a water
content of approximately 2.5 %.
The packaging used by HellermannTyton ensures that the water content
in the material remains constant. Therefore, it is important to store the
products in their original packaging to preserve the quality of the ties.
1. Once opened you should use
the ties as quickly as possible.
5. S tore the product away
from direct sources of heat.
2. Always store ties in the sealed
plastic bag made of polyethylene.
6. A
void contact with heat:
for example, do not place
on the radiators.
3. Do not expose the product
to direct sunlight.
7. T he ideal storage conditions are
those of the central European
standard climate: 23 °C
4. Do not store the product in
sunlight; for example,
on the windowsill.
50%
40
50
❘❘❘
❘
❘❘
❙❘❘❘❘❙❘❘❘❘❙
0
❙❘❘❘❘❙
10
30
❘❘❘❘
70 80
60 ❘ ❘ ❘ ❘ ❙ ❘ ❘ ❘ ❘ ❙ ❘ ❘ ❘
❘
❙
❘❘❙
50 % relative humidity
❙❘
❘❘❘❙
1 00
Date of issue: October 2015
90
20
34
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
1.0
Introduction to the main locking technologies
used for cable ties
HellermannTyton offers a wide range of cable ties for use in different
applications. By constantly refining our products and satisfying the
ever-changing demands of the market, various locking technologies
have been developed. Below you will find a brief overview of three most
common locking technologies and their characteristics.
Cable ties with plastic pawls
This technology is used in 90 % of all polyamide (PA) cable ties applied
by HellermannTyton. In order to cover a variety of applications,
there are different variants of this system, for example: releasable
versions, in-line versions, open head versions.
Cable tie head
Tongue
Serration
These are one-piece cable ties, the pawl is moulded as an integral
part of the cable tie, thereby building in inherent strengths.
Locking technology
Positive locking is achieved by engaging the pawl with the strap
serrations. This allows the cable tie to perform to the published
minimum tensile strength, that is the loading that the cable tie can
hold under application.
Cable tie
Direction
KR series cable ties
This cable tie is distinguished by its smooth strap and unique
locking mechanism. With the KR series the chamfered head
achieves an especially firm fit around the bundled material.
Locking technology
This patented lock technology takes advantage of the excellent
deformation properties of polyamide (PA). Here, the glass fibrereinforced (GRP) locking pin (yellow) is forced into the strap by the
use of an application tool - either the KR6/8 or KR8PNSE. The strap is
deformed into the head of the tie by the application of the pin,
thereby locking the cable tie in position and allowing for the
bundling of heavy loads.
MBT series of cable ties
Made of stainless steel grade 304 or 316, the MBT range of cable ties
have no serrations on the strap and are threaded parallel through the
head, gliding under a metal ball-bearing locking mechanism. By using
the MK9SST application tool the cable tie is tensioned and the strap cut
to a flush finish.
1. Initial position
Locking technology
Direction
of threading
Date of issue: October 2015
The strap is locked into the head by means of the small ball-bearing.
The ball locks into the small end of the wedged shaped housing, forming
a positive locking with the strap.
This cable tie is not suitable for rigid objects. Retraction of the ball-bearing
(see drawing) is required into the small end of the wedged shaped
housing to allow for a positive locking of the strap and also to make a
flush cut of the end of the strap. Retraction, therefore, cannot take place
with the bundling of inflexible materials. To bundle rigid objects LFPC
channel should be laid as buffer between strap and bundled material
to compensate for this retraction. This locking technology allows for
minimum tensile strengths of up to 7,000 Newton.
Ball
(free moving)
Lock head
Cable tie
2. Ball locks cable tie by wedging.
Rebound
Ball
(wedged)
Lock head
Cable tie
Direction
of threading
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
35
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties Polyamide 6.6 standard
T-Series in PA66 natural and black
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Natural and black cable ties available in a wide range of sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simple to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
T-Series.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
TYPE
T18S
T18R
T18I
T18L
T25L
T25LL
T30R
T30L
T30LL
T40R
T50S
T50R
T50M
T50I
T50L
T50LL
T80R
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
80
PA66
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02809
22.0
80
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01919
100.0
22.0
80
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01910
145.0
35.0
80
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02370
2.5
145.0
35.0
80
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02319
2.5
205.0
55.0
80
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02119
2.5
205.0
55.0
80
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02110
2.8
240.0
65.0
110
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02500
2.8
240.0
65.0
110
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02519
2.8
330.0
95.0
110
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02619
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03219
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03210
3.5
198.0
50.0
135
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03419
3.5
198.0
50.0
135
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03410
3.5
290.0
80.0
135
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03500
3.5
290.0
80.0
135
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03529
4.0
175.0
40.0
180
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
111-01626
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05810
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05819
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05000
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05013
4.6
245.0
65.0
225
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-06201
4.6
245.0
65.0
225
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-06200
4.6
300.0
85.0
225
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05210
4.6
300.0
85.0
225
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05219
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05409
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05400
4.6
445.0
130.0
225
PA66
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
2-10
111-06002
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-05019
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-08010
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
2.3
83.0
16.0
2.5
100.0
2.5
2.5
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
36
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
T-Series
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties Polyamide 6.6 standard
T-Series in PA66 natural and black
L
W
T-Series
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
355
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-08229
85.0
355
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-08210
110.0
355
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-05410
110.0
355
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-05419
225.0
55.0
535
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12829
300.0
80.0
535
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12210
7.6
300.0
80.0
535
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12219
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-14810
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-14819
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12010
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12019
7.6
460.0
125.0
535
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12610
7.6
460.0
125.0
535
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12619
7.6
600.0
175.0
535
PA66
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12701
7.6
600.0
175.0
535
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12704
7.6
760.0
225.0
535
PA66
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12403
7.6
760.0
225.0
535
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12429
8.8
820.0
245.0
780
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15405
8.8
820.0
245.0
780
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15419
8.9
530.0
150.0
780
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-00124
8.9
530.0
150.0
780
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15619
8.9
1,095.0
330.0
780
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15500
8.9
1,095.0
330.0
780
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15519
8.9
1,325.0
405.0
780
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15300
8.9
1,325.0
405.0
780
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15304
T250S
12.5
225.0
55.0
1,115
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
11-12
111-24705
T250X
12.5
370.0
100.0
1,115
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
11-12
111-25102
T250R
12.5
515.0
125.0
1,115
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-24803
12.5
565.3
150.0
1,115
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-25001
TYPE
T80I
T80L
T120S
T120I
T150R
T120R(E)
T120M
T120XM
T120L
T150L
T150M
T150XL
T150XLL
T250M
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.7
300.0
85.0
4.7
300.0
4.7
390.0
4.7
390.0
7.6
7.6
12.5
565.3
150.0
1,115
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-25002
T250I
12.5
730.0
203.0
1,115
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-25219
T250L
12.5
880.0
254.0
1,115
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-24601
12.5
1,030.0
305.0
1,115
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-25200
12.5
1,030.0
305.0
1,115
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-00466
T250XL
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
37
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties Polyamide 6.6 standard
T-Series in PA66 coloured
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Coloured cable ties available in a wide range of sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simply to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
• Other colours are available on request
T-Series.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
T-Series
TYPE
T18R
T30R
T50R
T50L
T80R
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
116-01816
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
116-01815
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
116-01812
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
116-01814
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03008
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
3.5
150.0
35.0
111-03014
135
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03004
3.5
150.0
4.6
200.0
35.0
135
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03006
50.0
225
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04800
4.6
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04801
200.0
50.0
225
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04804
4.6
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04805
390.0
110.0
225
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05404
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05402
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05406
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05428
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-08016
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-08015
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-08012
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-08014
Material
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
38
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties Polyamide 6.6 standard
T-Series in PA66 coloured
L
W
T-Series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.7
390.0
110.0
4.7
390.0
4.7
390.0
4.7
T80L
T150R(H)
T120R(E)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
355
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-05416
110.0
355
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-05415
110.0
355
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-05412
390.0
110.0
355
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2-12
116-05414
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
116-15016
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
116-15012
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
116-15014
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12001
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12002
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
39
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for outdoor use (UV-resistant)
T-Series in PA66W black
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Weather-resistant black cable tie available in a wide range of sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simply to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
• UV-resistant
T-Series.
L
W
T-Series
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T18R
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01960
T18I
2.5
145.0
35.0
80
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02360
T18L
2.5
205.0
55.0
80
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02160
T25LL
2.8
330.0
95.0
110
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02660
T30R
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03260
T30L
3.5
198.0
50.0
135
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03460
T30LL
3.5
290.0
80.0
135
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03570
T40R
4.0
175.0
40.0
180
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
111-01625
T50S
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05860
T50R
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04889
T50M
4.6
245.0
65.0
225
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-06206
T50I
4.6
300.0
85.0
225
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05260
T50L
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05440
T50LL
4.6
445.0
130.0
225
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-06000
T80R
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-05060
T80I
4.7
300.0
85.0
355
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-08290
111-05460
T80L
4.7
390.0
110.0
355
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
T120S
7.6
225.0
55.0
535
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12830
T120I
7.6
300.0
80.0
535
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12230
T150R(H)
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-14860
T120R(E)
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12060
T120M
7.6
460.0
125.0
535
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12660
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
40
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
T250-series
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for outdoor use (UV-resistant)
T-Series in PA66W black
L
W
T-Series
L
W
T250-series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
T120L
7.6
760.0
225.0
535
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12430
T150L
8.8
820.0
245.0
780
PA66W
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15460
T150M
8.9
530.0
150.0
780
PA66W
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15660
T150XL
8.9
1,095.0
330.0
780
PA66W
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15502
T150XLL
8.9
1,325.0
405.0
780
PA66W
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15305
T250R
12.5
515.0
125.0
1,115
PA66HIRHSUV
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
11-12
111-24805
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
41
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for temperatures up to +105 °C
(heat stabilised)
T-Series in PA66HS natural and black
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Heat stabilised cable tie available in a wide range of sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simple to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
• Higher temperature resistance up to +105 °C
T-Series.
L
W
Material specification
please see page 24.
TYPE
T18R
T18I
T18L
T30R
T30L
T30LL
T40R
T50S
T50R
T50I
T50L
T80R
T80I
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01950
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01959
2.5
145.0
35.0
80
PA66HS
2.5
145.0
35.0
80
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02358
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02359
2.5
205.0
55.0
80
PA66HS
2.5
205.0
55.0
80
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02049
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
PA66HS
111-02159
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03259
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
3.5
198.0
50.0
135
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03050
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03450
3.5
198.0
50.0
3.5
290.0
80.0
135
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03459
135
PA66HS
Black (BK)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03660
3.5
290.0
4.0
175.0
80.0
135
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03569
40.0
180
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
111-01623
4.0
4.6
175.0
40.0
180
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
111-01627
150.0
35.0
225
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05859
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05850
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04950
4.6
300.0
85.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05250
4.6
300.0
85.0
225
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05259
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05450
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05436
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66HS
Black (BK)
1,000 pcs.
2-12
117-08070
4.7
210.0
55.0
355
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-05059
4.7
300.0
85.0
355
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-08250
4.7
300.0
85.0
355
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-08259
Material
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
STD
42
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the
Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
T-Series
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for temperatures up to +105 °C
(heat stabilised)
T-Series in PA66HS natural and black
L
W
T-Series
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
355
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-00388
110.0
355
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-12
111-05459
55.0
535
PA66HS
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12850
225.0
55.0
535
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12824
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-15050
7.6
365.0
100.0
670
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-15069
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12050
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12059
7.6
460.0
125.0
535
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-00153
7.6
600.0
175.0
535
PA66HS
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12700
7.6
600.0
175.0
535
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12719
7.6
760.0
225.0
535
PA66HS
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12440
7.6
760.0
225.0
535
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12449
T150L
8.8
820.0
245.0
780
PA66HS
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15410
T150M
8.9
530.0
150.0
780
PA66HS
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15609
T150XL
8.9
1,095.0
330.0
780
PA66HS
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
9-12
111-15510
TYPE
T80L
T120S
T150R(H)
T120R(E)
T120M
T120XM
T120L
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.7
390.0
110.0
4.7
390.0
7.6
225.0
7.6
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
STD
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the
Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
43
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for higher impact resistant Polyamide 6.6
ScanBlack
T-Series in PA66HIR(S) black
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Impact resistant black cable tie available in a wide range of sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simple to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
• Higher flexibility in cold environments
T-Series.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
T-Series
Width
(W)
TYPE
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
T50R
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04890
T50I
4.6
300.0
85.0
225
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00222
111-05441
T50L
4.6
390.0
110.0
225
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
T120I
7.6
300.0
80.0
535
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12203
T120R(E)
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12032
T120L
7.6
760.0
225.0
535
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12402
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
44
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for higher fire-protection
T-Series in PA66V0 white
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of applications,
especially where safety regulations are high, e.g. the reduction
of smoke and dangerous gases.
Features and Benefits
• White cable tie for higher fire-protection, available in a wide range
of sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simple to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
• High safety rating due to low fire hazard
T-Series.
L
W
T-Series
Width
(W)
TYPE
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
T18R
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
PA66V0
White (WH)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-91819
T18L
2.5
205.0
55.0
80
PA66V0
White (WH)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
111-02043
T30R
3.5
150.0
35.0
135
PA66V0
White (WH)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-93019
T50R
4.6
200.0
50.0
225
PA66V0
White (WH)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-95019
T50I
4.6
300.0
85.0
225
PA66V0
White (WH)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00317
T120R(E)
7.6
387.0
100.0
535
PA66V0
White (WH)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-91210
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
45
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for temperatures up to +150 °C
in Polyamide 4.6
T-Series in PA46 natural and grey
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Higher temperature cable tie available in a wide range sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simple to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
• Higher temperature resistance up to +150 °C
T-Series.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
T-Series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T18R
2.5
100.0
22.0
T30R
3.5
150.0
4.6
4.6
T50I
4.6
T50L
4.6
T120R(E)
7.6
T50R
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
80
PA46
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
114-01879
35.0
135
PA46
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
114-03079
200.0
50.0
225
PA46
Grey (GY)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00824
200.0
50.0
225
PA46
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00525
300.0
85.0
225
PA46
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-05220
390.0
110.0
225
PA46
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00526
387.0
100.0
535
PA46
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
114-12179
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
46
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for higher chemical resistance
and for temperatures up to +170 °C
in Ethylene Tetrafluoroethylene
T-Series in E/TFE (Tefzel®) blue
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application,
especially when a high chemical resistance is required.
Features and Benefits
• High chemical resistance cable tie available in a wide range sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold onto bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simple to insert due to bent tail
• High temperature resistance
• No moisture absorption
T-Series.
L
For more information on E/TFE mounts
please refer to KR-Series on page 138.
W
T-Series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
T18R
2.5
100.0
22.0
Tools
Article-No.
80
E/TFE
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-00659
T30R
3.5
150.0
T50R
4.7
201.0
36.0
133
E/TFE
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-00698
50.0
222
E/TFE
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00732
T50L
4.7
382.0
105.0
222
E/TFE
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00718
T120R
7.4
387.0
105.0
535
E/TFE
Blue (BU)
50 pcs.
3;9-12
111-01125
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available. General linguistic usage for cable ties made from raw material E/TFE is Tefzel®Tie. In additon to Tefzel® from DuPont HellermannTyton is also using equivalent E/TFE raw material from other suppliers.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
47
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for higher chemical resistance for
temperatures up to +115 °C in Polypropylene
T-Series in PP natural and black
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Higher chemical resistant cable tie available in a wide range sizes
• Made from 100 % high quality plastic, allows for good recycling
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Simple to insert due to the ergonomically bent tail
• Floats in water
• High chemical resistance
T-Series.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
T-Series
TYPE
T18R
T30R
T50R
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
2.5
100.0
22.0
36
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
PP
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01917
111-01922
2.5
100.0
22.0
36
PP
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
3.6
148.0
32.0
89
PP
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-03017
4.8
202.0
44.5
111
PP
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04928
4.8
202.0
44.5
111
PP
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-04931
T120S
7.6
225.0
55.0
267
PP
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12827
T120R
7.6
390.0
105.0
267
PP
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
3;9-12
111-12066
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
48
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties made from sustainable bioplastic
in Polyamide 11
T-Series in PA11 black
T-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These cable ties can be used for almost all types of applications.
Features and Benefits
• Made of polyamide 11, a completely sustainable bioplastic derived
from vegetable oil
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• High UV- resistance for long-term outdoor application
• Stable technical performance even at very low temperatures
• High resistance to chemicals, including chlorides
• Low water absorption rate for consistent technical performance and
high durability
T-Series.
L
W
T-Series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T18R
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01718
T30R
3.5
150.0
35.0
130
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
111-01719
T50S
4.6
150.0
35.0
170
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-01720
T50R
4.6
200.0
50.0
170
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-01721
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
49
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties in-between size to T-Series
LK-Series natural and black
For bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses. These cable ties can
be used for almost any type of application.
Features and Benefits
• Available in a wide range of materials and sizes
• Inside serrated ties for a strong hold around bundles
• High tensile strength with very low insertion force
• Simple and quick to install
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
LK-Series.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
LK-Series
TYPE
LK2A
LK2
LK5
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.6
270.0
73.0
225
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-60110
4.6
270.0
73.0
225
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-60119
4.6
270.0
73.0
225
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-00127
4.6
270.0
73.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-60150
Material
Pack
Cont.
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
4.6
270.0
73.0
225
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-60159
4.6
270.0
73.0
225
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
111-60160
4.8
120.0
28.0
135
PA66
Natural (NA)
200 pcs.
2;4-8
111-60219
13.2
535.0
150.0
1,115
PA66
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
11-12
111-60510
13.2
535.0
150.0
1,115
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
11-12
111-60519
13.2
535.0
150.0
1,115
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
11-12
111-60501
13.2
535.0
150.0
1,115
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
11-12
111-60559
13.2
535.0
150.0
1,115
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
11-12
111-60560
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
50
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Become the fastest with us:
More than a 25 % time saving with Q-Series!
Test our Q-Series!
Date of issue: October 2015
Extensive customer trials and speed tests
fully audited and approved by DEKRA.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Q-ties
Innovative – Effective – Safe!
The new Q-tie has not only innovative, but also has a revolutionary
new design. The open head of the cable tie enables a simple and quick
installation. Simply insert the ergonomically bent tail into the open side
of the head and tighten the cable tie.
With Q-ties you can save time and money!
The head design makes the difference.
Easy Application for every Situation!
Q-tie provides the perfect solution for applications in difficult working
conditions. It is ideal for use when working with gloves is necessary
or for blind applications with a limited view of the work allowing for a
quick and simple installation.
Features for quick and easy application:
• Large curved tail with easy-grip ribs
• Open head with easily detectable slot
This saves time and trouble!
Even under difficult circumstances the Q-tie cable tie is very fast and easy to apply.
Integrated Pre-locking Functionality!
Due to several simultaneous working processes, it is not always possible
to install all cables and conduits in one single step.
Using standard cable ties means either removing the cable tie of the first
installation or applying additional cable ties. The integrated pre-locking
function offers both a temporary and final cable fastening solution.
This saves material and time!
Application video: Q-Series
52
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Without additional effort only Q-ties can be used for temporary and final cable
bundling.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
1.1
Features of Q-ties:
1. O
pen lock head for quick
and easy insertion.
2. T wo rails on the strap ensure perfect
guidance for the tracks in the head.
3. T he locking device interacts safely with
the serration of the cable tie.
4. T he tracks prevent a deformation
of the head under load.
5. T he thin part of the cable tie can be
simply placed into the open lock head.
6. T he large ribbed tail allows a safe
and ergonomic installation.
7. Integrated pre-locking feature
(starts with type Q30).
Application Method:
Please find more
Q-Series products
for your system solution
on page 134 and 459.
1. Insert the thin part of the cable tie into the
open lock head.
2. Pull the tie through the head until the bundle
is fixed.
3. Cut off the remaining part of the tie with an
application tool.
Date of issue: October 2015
Pre-Locking Function of the Q-tie:
1. Insert tail into the open head and push the tail
partly into the head.
2. To release the tie push the tail slightly out of
the head.
3. W
hen the installation is complete, the Q-tie can
be tightened and cut off - either manually or
with an application tool.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
53
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties with open head Polyamide 6.6 standard
Q-Series in PA66 natural and black
Q-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These innovative and effective cable ties enable a simple and quick
installation, even in difficult applications.
Features and Benefits
• Open lock head for quick and easy insertion
• Integrated pre-locking function
• More than 25 % faster to apply than a standard cable tie
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
L
Q-tie cable ties: choose from a wide product range in different sizes.
W
Q-Series
TYPE
Q18R
Q18I
Q18L
Q30R
Q30L
Q30LR
Q50R
Q50I
Q50L
Q120I
Q120R
Q120M
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
2.6
105.0
24.0
Tools
Article-No.
80
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
2.6
105.0
109-00030
24.0
80
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
2.6
109-00001
155.0
40.0
80
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00033
2.6
155.0
40.0
80
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00004
2.6
195.0
50.0
80
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00036
2.6
195.0
50.0
80
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00007
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00039
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00010
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00041
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00012
3.6
250.0
65.0
130
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00043
3.6
250.0
65.0
130
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00014
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00047
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00018
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00049
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00020
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00051
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00022
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00053
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00024
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00055
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00026
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00057
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00028
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00115
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00144
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
54
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties with open head Polyamide 6.6 standard
Q-Series in PA66 coloured
Q-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These innovative and effective cable ties enable a simple and quick
installation, even in difficult applications.
Features and Benefits
• Coloured cable ties available in a wide range of sizes
• Open lock head for quick and easy insertion
• Integrated pre-locking function
• More than 25 % faster to apply than a standard cable tie
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
Q-ties in different colours are ideal for marking and bundling in one step.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Please find more Q-Series products for your
system solution on page 134 and 459.
Application video: Q-Series
L
W
Q-Series
TYPE
Q18R
Q18I
Q18L
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
2.6
105.0
24.0
80
2.6
105.0
24.0
80
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00147
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00148
2.6
105.0
24.0
80
2.6
105.0
24.0
80
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00149
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00150
2.6
155.0
40.0
80
2.6
155.0
40.0
80
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00152
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00153
2.6
155.0
40.0
80
2.6
155.0
40.0
80
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00154
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
2.6
195.0
50.0
109-00155
80
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00157
2.6
195.0
2.6
195.0
50.0
80
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00158
50.0
80
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00159
2.6
195.0
50.0
80
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00160
Material
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
55
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties with open head Polyamide 6.6 standard
Q-Series in PA66 coloured
L
W
TYPE
Q30R
Q30L
Q30LR
Q50R
Q50I
Q50L
Q120I
Q120R
Q120M
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00162
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00163
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00164
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00165
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00167
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00168
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00169
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
3.6
250.0
65.0
109-00170
130
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00172
3.6
250.0
3.6
250.0
65.0
130
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00173
65.0
130
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00174
3.6
4.7
250.0
65.0
130
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00175
210.0
50.0
220
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00182
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00183
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00184
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00185
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00187
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00188
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00189
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00190
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00192
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00193
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00194
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00195
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00197
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00198
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00199
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00200
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00202
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00203
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00204
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00205
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00207
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00208
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00209
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00210
Material
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
56
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Q-Series
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties with open head for outdoor use
(UV-resistant)
Q-Series in PA66W black
Q-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These innovative and effective cable ties enable a simple and quick
installation, even in difficult applications.
Features and Benefits
• Weather-resistant black cable ties available in a wide range of sizes
• Open lock head for quick and easy insertion
• Integrated pre-locking function
• More than 25 % faster to apply than a standard cable tie
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• UV-resistant
Q-tie cable ties: choose from a wide product range in different sizes.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Please find more Q-Series products for your
system solution on page 134 and 459.
L
W
Q-Series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
Q18R
2.6
105.0
24.0
80
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00059
Q18I
2.6
155.0
40.0
80
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00062
Q18L
2.6
195.0
50.0
80
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00065
Q30R
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00068
Q30L
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00070
Q30LR
3.6
250.0
65.0
130
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00072
Q50R
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00076
Q50I
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00078
Q50L
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00080
Q120I
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00082
Q120R
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00084
Q120M
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00086
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
57
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties with open head for temperatures
up to +105 °C (heat stabilised)
Q-Series in PA66HS natural and black
Q-Series cable ties for bundling and securing cables, pipes and hoses.
These innovative and effective cable ties enable a simple and quick
installation, even in difficult applications.
Features and Benefits
• Heat stabilised cable ties available in a wide range of sizes
• Open lock head for quick and easy insertion
• Integrated pre-locking function
• More than 25 % faster to apply than a standard cable tie
• Inside serration for a strong hold around bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
• Higher temperature resistance up to +105 °C
Q-tie cable ties: choose from a wide product range in different sizes.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
Q-Series
TYPE
Q18R
Q18I
Q18L
Q30R
Q30L
Q30LR
Q50R
Q50I
Q50L
Q120I
Q120R
Q120M
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
2.6
105.0
24.0
Tools
Article-No.
80
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
2.6
105.0
109-00088
24.0
80
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
2.6
109-00117
155.0
40.0
80
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00091
2.6
155.0
40.0
80
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00120
2.6
195.0
50.0
80
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00094
2.6
195.0
50.0
80
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00123
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00097
3.6
160.0
38.0
130
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00126
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00099
3.6
200.0
50.0
130
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00128
3.6
250.0
65.0
130
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00101
3.6
250.0
65.0
130
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
109-00130
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00105
4.7
210.0
50.0
220
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00134
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00107
4.7
290.0
75.0
220
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00136
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00109
4.7
410.0
110.0
220
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2-10
109-00138
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00111
7.7
300.0
70.0
530
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00140
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00113
7.7
420.0
110.0
530
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00142
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00115
7.7
520.0
130.0
530
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
109-00144
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
58
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for hose and gaiter
CTT-Series natural and black
Designed to secure pipes, hoses and gaiters where low pressures are
being secured. These ties can be used in many industries, including
automotive, white goods manufacturing, medical and construction.
Features and Benefits
• Curved head design offers a good fit to the bundle
• Inside serration for a strong hold onto bundles
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
CTT ties installed on flexible gaiters.
For secure fixing of round and solid
shapes.
L
CTT Hose Ties
TYPE
CTT20R
CTT60R
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
2.5
101.6
13.0
2.5
101.6
13.0
4.7
205.0
45.0
4.7
205.0
45.0
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
112-51919
Black (BK)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
112-51960
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
112-56019
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2-12
112-52112
Material
Colour
90
PA66
90
PA66HS
265
265
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
59
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for parallel routing
DH-Series
Ideal for running two cables in parallel that need to be separated. These
ties allow for installation of a second cable run without the need for
additional cable ties.
The DH ties are also widely used within the packaging industry - the first
loop closes and secures the bag, whilst the second loop can be made
into a carrying handle (subject to weight).
Features and Benefits
• Available in a wide range of materials
• Cable tie designed with two heads which creates an inside and
outside serrated loop
• For parallel routing of two bundles with only one cable tie
• Bundles can be of different diameter
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
Parallel routing of two cable bundles using DH-Series. The double head creates an
inside and an outside serrated loop.
L
W
Material specification
please see page 24.
DH-Series
TYPE
T50RDH
T50IDH
T50LDH
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Ø max.
side loops
4.7
210.0
19.0
4.7
210.0
19.0
Min. Tensile Strength
2nd loop
(N)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
225
180 N
PA46
Grey (GY)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05168
225
180 N
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05000
Article-No.
4.7
210.0
19.0
225
180 N
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05002
4.7
210.0
19.0
225
180 N
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05050
4.7
210.0
19.0
225
180 N
PA66W
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05060
4.7
305.0
38.1
225
180 N
PA66
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05303
4.7
305.0
38.1
225
180 N
PA66HS
Black (BK)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05350
4.7
305.0
38.1
225
180 N
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05360
4.7
395.0
50.8
225
180 N
PA66
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-05461
4.7
395.0
50.8
225
180 N
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
117-00008
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
4
5
6
8
MK20
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7P
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
60
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
We brought the first detectable metal content tie
onto the market
Today we are leading the
next generation of solutions
for a highly automated,
highly competitive food and
beverage industry.
Find out more about our
detectable products for food
processing in our brochure.
Date of issue: October 2015
Order now!
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for food industry, detectable
The Metal Content Tie is a cable tie specifically designed for use in the
food and pharmaceutical processing industries. A unique manufacturing
process, involving the inclusion of a metallic pigment, enables even
small 'cut-off' sections of the tie to be detected by standard metaldetecting equipment. Ideally suited for the installation of cabling in and
around the manufacturing process.
Features and Benefits
• Total metal dispersion throughout the tie
• Available in a wide range of sizes
• Usable as part of HACCP process*
• Blue colour for easy visual detection
• Greatly reduces risk of contamination
• Magnetic and X-Ray detectable
(detection level depending on specific application)
The MCT, metal content cable tie, T-series.
MCT-Series
L
One Step to the Web!
W
MCT-Series
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
MCT18R
2.5
100.0
22.0
MCT30R
3.5
150.0
35.0
MCT50R
4.6
202.0
50.0
MCT50L
4.7
380.0
110.0
MCT120R
7.6
387.0
100.0
TYPE
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
80
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01225
135
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-00829
225
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-00830
225
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-00831
535
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-01136
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
MCT-Series releasable
TYPE
MCTRELK2M
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.6
250.0
65.0
225
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
111-00937
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
*HACCP stands for Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points. It is a method of identifying and eliminating potential hazards in food production. Those hazards that cannot be eliminated are controlled
in such a way that the consumer is protected. These controls are known as Critical Control Points (CCPs). They are CRITICAL because if they fail or are not carried out, the risk of the product harming
the customer increases.
FDA HACCP
62
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for food industry, detectable
MCTS-Series
The Metal Content Tie is a cable tie specifically designed for use in the
food and pharmaceutical processing industries. A unique manufacturing
process, involving the inclusion of a metallic pigment, enables even
small 'cut-off' sections of the tie to be detected by standard metaldetecting equipment. Ideally suited for the installation of cabling in and
around the manufacturing process.
Features and Benefits
• Total metal dispersion throughout the tie
• Available in a wide range of sizes
• Usable as part of HACCP process*
• Blue colour for easy visual detection
• Greatly reduces risk of contamination
• Magnetic and X-Ray detectable
(detection level depending on specific application)
• MCTS ties have very good corrosion resistance
MCTS ties are highly resistant to corrosion.
L
W
MCT-Series
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
MCTS100
2.5
100.0
22.0
MCTS150
3.5
153.0
MCTS200
4.7
203.0
MCTS300
4.8
301.0
TYPE
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
60
PA66MP+
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01341
36.0
110
PA66MP+
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01342
50.0
150
PA66MP+
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01343
80.0
150
PA66MP+
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01399
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Material specification
please see page 24.
More colours on request.
Please contact us!
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
*HACCP stands for Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points. It is a method of identifying and eliminating potential hazards in food production. Those hazards that cannot be eliminated are controlled
in such a way that the consumer is protected. These controls are known as Critical Control Points (CCPs). They are CRITICAL because if they fail or are not carried out, the risk of the product harming
the customer increases.
HACCP
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
63
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.1
Cable Ties Inside Serrated
Cable Ties for food industry, detectable
MCT-Series / MCTS-Series PPMP
The Metal Content Tie is a cable tie specifically designed for use in the
food and pharmaceutical processing industries. A unique manufacturing
process, involving the inclusion of a metallic pigment, enables even
small 'cut-off' sections of the tie to be detected by standard metaldetecting equipment. Ideally suited for the installation of cabling in and
around the manufacturing process.
Features and Benefits
• High chemical resistance
• Floats in different liquids
• Unique blue color for easy visual detection
• Greatly reduces risk of contamination
• Magnetic and X-Ray detectable version available
• MCTS tie is highly resistant to corrosion
• Usable as part of HACCP process*
MCTPP ties will float to the surface of liquids so they can easily be seen and removed.
The MCT ties made of PA66MP
are the ideal complement for
MCMB mounts on page 132.
L
W
MCT-Series
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
MCTPP18R
2.5
100.0
22.0
85
MCTPP30R
3.5
150.0
35.0
130
MCTPP50R
4.6
200.0
50.0
150
MCTPP50L
4.6
390.0
110.0
150
MCTS200
4.7
202.0
50.0
MCTPP120R
7.6
387.0
100.0
TYPE
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
PPMP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01664
PPMP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01665
PPMP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01666
PPMP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01667
140
PPMP+
Blue Grey (BUGY)
100 pcs.
2-11
111-01386
380
PPMP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
111-01668
Material
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
*HACCP stands for Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points. It is a method of identifying and eliminating potential hazards in food production. Those hazards that cannot be eliminated are controlled
in such a way that the consumer is protected. These controls are known as Critical Control Points (CCPs). They are CRITICAL because if they fail or are not carried out, the risk of the product harming
the customer increases.
FDA HACCP
64
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.2
Cable Ties Outside Serrated
Cable Ties for thin-walled bundles
OS-Series
OS-Series cable ties are used in many areas where thin-walled or soft
insulation wires and cables are being installed, e. g. automotive and
aircraft industry. OS ties made from PA66V0 material are suitable for
applications where safety regulations are required, e.g. reduction of
smoke and dangerous gases.
Features and Benefits
• Outside serrated cable tie with smooth surface to the bundle
• Tie follows the contours of the cable bundle perfectly
• Takes up less space due to curved head
• Easy insertion and high tensile strength
• For higher temperature or Limited Fire Hazard demand:
Material PA46 or PA66V0
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
The contoured head needs less installation space, provides low insertion force
and offers high strength.
L
W
The new head design of the OS-Series
TYPE
T18ROS
T30ROS
T30LOS
T50SOS
T50ROS
T50MOS
T50LOS
T120ROS
OS-Series
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
2.5
100.0
1.6
20.0
80
PA66HS
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
2;4-6
118-04701
2.5
100.0
1.6
20.0
80
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
118-00035
2.5
100.0
1.6
20.0
80
PA66V0-HOI
White (WH)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
118-00079
3.4
145.0
1.6
35.0
135
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
118-00064
3.4
145.0
1.6
35.0
135
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
118-04800
3.4
200.0
1.6
50.0
135
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
118-00044
3.4
200.0
1.6
50.0
135
PA66V0-HOI
White (WH)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
118-00080
3.4
200.0
1.6
50.0
135
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
118-04900
4.6
150.0
1.6
35.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
118-05850
4.6
200.0
1.6
50.0
225
PA46
Grey (GY)
500 pcs.
2;4-8
118-05078
4.6
200.0
1.6
50.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
2;4-8
118-05040
4.6
200.0
1.6
50.0
225
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
118-05059
4.6
245.0
1.6
66.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
118-00018
4.6
245.0
1.6
66.0
225
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
118-00055
4.6
245.0
1.6
66.0
225
PA66V0-HOI
White (WH)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
118-00081
4.6
384.0
1.6
110.0
225
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
2;4-8
118-05900
7.6
385.0
5.0
105.0
535
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
118-00066
7.6
385.0
5.0
105.0
535
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
118-00067
7.6
385.0
5.0
105.0
535
PA66V0-HOI
White (WH)
100 pcs.
3;9-12
118-00082
Material
Pack
Cont.
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
65
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.2
Cable Ties Outside Serrated
Cable Ties for high temperature application
up to +240 °C
PEEK Ties have been designed for the use in hazardous environment. Their
suitablility for high temperature applications makes them ideal for use in
the drilling industry, railway, offshore or automotive industry. The excellent
chemical and radium ray resistance is predestinied for applications in
medical engineering, chemical industry and power stations. Within the
aerospace industry, PEEK ties are suitable due to their good ratio weight
to tensile strength. Because of this combination of different properties,
PEEK ties can replace metal solutions.
Features and Benefits
• For high temperature applications from -55 °C up to +240 °C
• Outside serrated cable tie with smooth surface to the bundle
• Close fit to the cable bundle due to the deepening head shape
• Easy insertion combined with high tensile strength
• Takes up less space due to the curved head
• Combines the performance of a metal tie with the ease of use of a
polyamide cable tie
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
The contoured head takes up less space, gives a low insertion force and offers
high strength.
Material specification
please see page 24.
L
W
PEEK-Series
PEEK Ties, outside serrated
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
PT2A
3.4
145.0
4.0
35.0
PT3B
4.7
250.0
4.0
65.0
Colour
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
230
Beige (BGE)
PEEK
100 pcs.
6-8
118-00032
300
Beige (BGE)
PEEK
100 pcs.
6-8
118-00116
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
PEEK Ties, inside serrated
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
PT220
4.7
220.0
8.0
56.0
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
100 pcs.
6-8
111-01235
380
Recommended Tools
6
7
8
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
For more information on toolings please refer to the
Application Tooling chapter.
One Step to the Web!
Please find more PEEK products
for your system solutions:
Foot Part P1SFT65, see page 105.
Screw Mount CTAM, see page 139.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
66
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties Outside Serrated
1.2
Cable Ties with 90° angled head
V-Series
Due to its low profile head, V-Series outside serrated cable ties are
perfectly suited for applications with restricted space, such as camera
and alarm systems and automation systems (Remote I/O Systems).
Where bundles are fed through a grommet or ductwork, V-Series
provides a practical solution due to its unique rounded design.
Features and Benefits
• Outside serrated cable tie with smooth surface to the bundle
• Lentiform, 90° angled head
• Rounded head design minimises the risk of damage to insulation,
especially for parallel routed bundles
• Low profile head takes up less space above the bundle
• Close fit to the cable bundle
• Easy insertion and high tensile strength
• Easy application either manually or with a processing tool
V-Series is perfect for parallel bundles.
V-Series - less height above the bundle.
L
Outside serration means no damage
of insulation.
W
V-Series
TYPE
V100R
V150R
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
2.5
102.5
20.0
100
PA46
2.5
102.5
20.0
100
PA66HS
3.3
150.0
35.0
150
PA46
3.3
150.0
35.0
150
PA66HS
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
Grey (GY)
100 pcs.
2;4-6
118-00109
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
2;4-6
118-00074
Grey (GY)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
118-00107
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
2;4-6;8
118-00089
Colour
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
2
4
5
6
8
MK20
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
67
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.2
Cable Ties Outside Serrated
Cable ties with low profile head
Designed primarily for use within the electrical supply industry these
ties are particularly useful in areas with limited space. Due to their low
profile head, the coloured cable ties are ideal for securing foam padding
to playground equipment. This ensures that there are no sharp edges
and ultimate safety.
Features and Benefits
• Outside serrated cable tie with a smooth surface to the bundle
• Protects against damage to insulation
• Broad contact area with cable, minimising risk of damage
• PE/RPE-range partly approved by E.R.D.F. (French Electricity Board)
• Low profile head for use in restricted areas
• Parallel bundling for secure applications
Low profile cable tie, RPE / PE-Series.
L
L
W
W
PE-Series
RPE-Series
PE-Series
TYPE
PE400
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
9.0
400.0
116.0
445
PA66
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-18101
9.0
400.0
116.0
445
PA66
Green (GN)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-18100
9.0
400.0
116.0
445
PA66
Red (RD)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-18102
9.0
400.0
116.0
445
PA66
Yellow (YE)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-18103
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
PE-Series E.R.D.F. approved
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
PE180
9.0
180.0
42.0
PE530
9.0
535.0
146.0
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
445
PA66HSW
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-18060
445
PA66HSW
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-53060
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
RPE-Series releasable E.R.D.F. approved
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
RPE275
9.0
275.0
69.0
RPE350
9.0
350.0
92.0
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
445
PA66HSW
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
112-27560
445
PA66HSW
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
112-35060
Recommended Tools
1
3
9
10
11
12
MK10-SB
MK21
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
68
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Material specification
please see page 24.
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties Outside Serrated
1.2
Cable ties with low profile head
LPH-Series
Designed primarily for use within the electrical supply industry, these ties
are particularly useful in areas with limited space due to their low profile
head.
Features and Benefits
• Outside serrated cable tie with a smooth surface to the bundle
• Protects against damage to insulation
• Broad contact area with cable, minimising risk of damage
• Low profile head for use in restricted areas
• Parallel bundling for secure applications
Low profile cable tie, LPH-Series.
L
W
LPH175
L
W
LPH275, LPH350
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
LPH175
9.0
175.0
40.0
LPH275
9.0
265.0
LPH350
9.0
355.0
TYPE
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
310
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-00203
62.0
480
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-00301
92.0
480
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-00401
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
1
3
9
10
11
12
MK10-SB
MK21
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
69
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.2
Cable Ties Outside Serrated
Cable ties with low profile head
Robusto-Series
Robusto cable ties have many technical features which make them suitable
for use in many applications for fixing and supporting cables, pipes and
other elements. The polyamide 11 used to manufacture these ties offers
excellent resistance to chemicals in even the most challenging environments
such as offshore, oil rigs, construction vehicles, trucks and trailers.
These cable ties have excellent UV resistance as well as being highly
resistant to chemicals like chlorides: recommended for use on galvanised
steel, especially on solar panel installations.
In addition, the material has a high impact resistance to low temperatures
which enables Robusto ties to be used in areas where it is cold, for example
at high altitudes or Nordic countries.
Low profile head cable tie, Robusto-Series.
Features and Benefits
• Made of polyamide 11, a completely sustainable bioplastic derived
from vegetable oil
• Outside serrated with a round, innovative head and one or two
flexible stop pawls
• Low insertion force for manual, tool-free application
• High tensile strength
• Soft material for easy handling without damaging cables
• High UV resistance for long-term outdoor application
• Stable technical performance even at very low temperatures
• High resistance to chemicals, including chlorides
• Low water absorption rate for consistent technical performance and
high durability
• Pre-locking feature
Application video: Robusto
L
W
Robusto (LPH922)
L
L
W
Robusto (LPH942)
W
Robusto (LPH962, LPH992)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Robusto (LPH922)
9.0
123.0
22.0
Robusto (LPH942)
9.0
180.0
Robusto (LPH962)
9.0
260.0
Robusto (LPH992)
9.0
355.0
TYPE
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
310
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-00025
42.0
360
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-00011
62.0
530
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-00012
92.0
530
PA11
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
1;3;9-12
112-00013
Recommended Tools
1
3
9
10
11
12
MK10-SB
MK21
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
70
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Material specification
please see page 24.
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.3
Cable Ties Without Serration
Cable Tie locked by glass fibre pin
In addition to offering a secure method of bundling cables, the design
of the KR-ties makes them ideal for use as a method of securing bellows
on steering racks, water hoses and vacuum lines.
Features and Benefits
• Patented cable tie system
• Smooth strap which is locked into place with a glass-fibre reinforced pin
• For assembly a special KR-tool is needed
• Very secure and vibration resistant fixing
• KR-ties up to 426 mm are made as one piece fastening
• Available in various materials, including PA12 which is less hygroscopic
The KR-Series has been repeatedly proven in high vibration applications.
Patented
The unlocked head of a KR-tie.
KR-Series is available in different sizes.
The cable tie (red) is locked into place
with the pin.
KR-Series, 1-Piece
Cable ties KR-Series
TYPE
KR6/35
KR8/21
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
6.1
360.0
93.0
Tools
Article-No.
490
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13
121-63519
6.1
360.0
6.1
360.0
93.0
490
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13
121-63555
93.0
490
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
13
8.0
121-63560
210.0
47.0
785
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-82155
8.0
210.0
47.0
785
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-82119
8.0
210.0
47.0
785
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-82160
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
13
14
KR6/8
KR8PNSE
For more information on toolings please
refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
71
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.3
Cable Ties Without Serration
Cable Tie locked by glass fibre pin
KR-Series, 1-Piece
Material specification
please see page 24.
Cable ties KR-Series
TYPE
KR8/33
KR8/43
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
8.0
337.0
86.0
Tools
Article-No.
390
PA12
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-83380
8.0
337.0
8.0
337.0
86.0
785
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-83319
86.0
785
PA46
Grey (GY)
50 pcs.
13-14
8.0
337.0
121-83378
86.0
785
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-83355
8.0
8.0
337.0
86.0
785
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-83360
426.0
105.0
785
PA66HS
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-74360
8.0
426.0
105.0
785
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-74359
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
KR-Series, ultrasonic welded
Other dimensions are
available on request.
The unlocked head of a KR-tie.
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
KR8/50
8.0
500.0
152.0
KR8/60
8.0
600.0
184.0
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
785
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-05019
785
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
13-14
121-06060
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
KR-Series, endless
TYPE
KR8/S1
KR8/C5
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
8.0
50.0 m
785
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50.0 m
13
121-98151
8.0
50.0 m
785
PA66W
Black (BK)
50.0 m
13
121-98160
11.7
38.0
-
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
200 pcs.
13
121-58551
11.7
38.0
-
PA66W
Black (BK)
200 pcs.
13
121-58560
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
72
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Double-head KR8C5
Cable ties KR8S1
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.3
Cable Ties Without Serration
Endless cable ties with separate head and spacer
EL-TY-Series
These robust cable ties are particularly suitable for use with larger
diameter cables, pipes and hoses. Designed originally for securing
overhead catenary cables (when used with the spacers) they are now
used in many industries from the building sector, through to the
chemical industry, to the installation of signs for traffic management.
Features and Benefits
• Made of very strong Acetal (POM)
• Continuous strap, spacers and heads (with stainless steel pawls)
• Very secure fixing and good resistance to ageing and sunlight
• Suits any bundle diameter and reduces inventory
The EL-Ty can be cut to suit any bundle.
G
H
W
L
W
L G
Head (Plain View)
Head (Side View)
Spacer.
W
W
H
Head (Front View)
Strap
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
12.7
15,200.0
-
EL-TY (TELS1)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
1,112
-
POM
Colour
Content
Tools
Article-No.
Black (BK)
15m Strap,
30 Heads
11
111-30000
EL-TY (TELSH)
20.3
15.8
12.4
-
12.7
POM
Black (BK)
25 Heads
-
111-31000
EL-TY (TELS-SPK2)
30.5
53.3
17.0
-
12.7
PP
Black (BK)
50 Spacer
-
111-32000
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
11
13
14
MK9HT
KR6/8
KR8PNSE
For more information on toolings please refer to the
Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
73
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.4
Cable Ties, Releasable
Cable Ties inside serrated
Used in a wide range of industries, these releasable and reusable ties are
ideal where temporary installation or the addition or removal of cables is
required, e. g. theatres, outdoor events or prototype harness work.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable and reusable cable tie available in black and natural colours
• Extended trigger for simple and quick release of ties
• Inside serration for a strong hold around the bundle
• Available in various lengths
RELK releasable cable ties for temporary bundling.
Application video: RELK
Material specification
please see page 24.
RELK-, RLT-Series
RELK-Series up to 200 N loop tensile strength
TYPE
RELK2R
RELK2M
RELK2I
RELK2L
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
4.6
200.0
50.0
200
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
115-02202
4.6
250.0
65.0
200
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
115-02000
4.6
250.0
65.0
200
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
115-06729
4.6
300.0
81.0
200
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
115-06760
4.6
300.0
81.0
200
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
115-02101
4.6
350.0
95.0
200
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
115-02300
4.6
350.0
95.0
200
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
115-06919
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
111-70361
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
TYPE
RLT120
RLT150
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
7.6
340.0
90.0
535
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
7.6
340.0
90.0
535
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
111-70319
8.9
770.0
225.0
670
PA66
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
111-70110
8.9
770.0
225.0
670
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
111-70119
8.9
770.0
225.0
670
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
111-70159
8.9
770.0
225.0
670
PA66W
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
111-70160
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
74
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
RLT-Series up to 670 N loop tensile strength
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties, Releasable
1.4
Cable Ties inside serrated with tuckaway
RT250-Series
Used in a wide range of industries, these releasable and reusable ties are
ideal where temporary installation or the addition or removal of cables is
required, e.g. theatres, outdoor events or harness work.
Features and Benefits
• Extended trigger for simple and quick release of ties
• Eyelet allows excess tail to be tucked neatly away
• Trigger protected from accidental release
Ideal for larger or heavier bundles these ties can be opened and reused.
RT250-Series
TYPE
RT250M
RT250XL
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
12.5
565.3
150.0
1,115
12.5
565.3
150.0
1,115
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
131-75610
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
131-75619
12.5
565.3
150.0
12.5
1,030.0
305.0
1,115
PA66UV
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
131-75620
1,115
PA66
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
12.5
1,030.0
305.0
131-75510
1,115
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
131-75519
Material
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
75
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.4
Cable Ties, Releasable
Cable Ties inside serrated with kickdown lever
REL-Series
Ideal for use in applications where there is the need to repeatedly open
and close the tie.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable and reusable cable tie available in black and natural
colours (including UV-resistant)
• Simple and effective release mechanism
• Can be opened quickly and easily with one hand
• Inside serrated cable tie
Releasable and reusable cable tie, REL-Series.
L
W
REL-Series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
REL180
6.5
180.0
46.0
6.7
100.0
6.7
100.0
7.6
REL100
REL140
REL250
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
150
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
115-00027
21.0
180
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
131-21010
21.0
180
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
131-21019
150.0
35.0
200
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
131-21410
7.6
150.0
35.0
200
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
131-21419
7.6
250.0
68.0
200
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
131-22510
7.6
250.0
68.0
200
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
131-22519
7.6
250.0
68.0
200
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
131-22560
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
L
W
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
REL250S
12.2
230.0
50.0
REL250X
12.2
385.0
100.0
TYPE
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
1,115
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
111-00074
1,115
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
111-00075
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
76
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Releasable cable tie REL250-Series.
Releasable cable tie REL250-Series
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties, Releasable
1.4
Cable Ties outside serrated for marking
LR55-Series
These releasable and reusable ties are ideal where temporary installation
or the addition or removal of cables is required, e.g. logistic identification
(colour coding), packaging industries or cable harness manufacturing.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable and reusable cable tie available in various colours
• Extended trigger for quick and easy release of ties
• Various colours ideal for applications that require colour coding
• Outside serration, minimising the risk of cable insulation damage
The LR55 cable ties are reusable and ideal for colour coding.
L
W
Material specification
please see page 24.
LR55 Series
TYPE
LR55R
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.7
195.0
50.0
245
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
PA66
Blue (BU)
25 pcs.
115-00006
4.7
195.0
50.0
245
PA66
Green (GN)
25 pcs.
115-00005
4.7
195.0
50.0
245
PA66
Natural (NA)
25 pcs.
115-00008
4.7
195.0
50.0
245
PA66
Red (RD)
25 pcs.
115-00003
4.7
195.0
50.0
245
PA66
Yellow (YE)
25 pcs.
115-00004
4.7
195.0
50.0
245
PA66HS
Black (BK)
25 pcs.
115-00002
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Date of issue: October 2015
Application video: LR55
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
77
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.4
Cable Ties, Releasable
Cable Ties without serration in flexible TPU
The soft, flexible material makes these ties particularly suitable for use
on sensitive wires, e.g. fibre-optic cables.
Features and Benefits
• Elastic and flexible cable ties with rounded and smooth edges
• Releasable and reusable
• Double slotted head with fixing pawl
• Flexibility ensures steady and evenly distributed pressure
• Tight fixation even in a vertical position: prevents sliding or loose bundles
• Suitable for moving elements and vibrating applications such as
windmills, machines, robotics, pulsating tubing and conduits
• Ideal for temporarily fixings suitable for presentations, concerts,
theatres and exhibitions
• Long lifetime when used indoors
• Remains flexible even at cold temperatures (-20 °C)
The elasticity of the SOFTIX ties makes them suitable for use in many applications.
With 2nd loop to run
bundles in parallel!
Application video: SOFTFIX
L
W
SRT- and SOFTFIX-Series
SOFTFIX ties available in small packaging units.
SRT-Series for industry quantities
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
7.0
180.0
45.0
SRT2607
7.0
260.0
SRT26011
11.0
260.0
SRT34011
11.0
SRT58028
28.0
SRT88028
28.0
TYPE
SRT1807
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
57
TPU
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
115-07189
79.0
57
TPU
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
115-07269
55.0
123
TPU
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
115-11269
340.0
90.0
123
TPU
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
115-11349
580.0
150.0
360
TPU
Black (BK)
10 pcs.
115-28589
880.0
240.0
360
TPU
Black (BK)
180 pcs.
115-28889
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
SOFTFIX XS
7.0
180.0
45.0
57
TPU
Black (BK)
16 pcs.
115-07190
SOFTFIX S
7.0
260.0
79.0
57
TPU
Black (BK)
12 pcs.
115-07270
SOFTFIX M
11.0
260.0
55.0
123
TPU
Black (BK)
8 pcs.
115-11270
SOFTFIX L
11.0
340.0
90.0
123
TPU
Black (BK)
6 pcs.
115-11350
SOFTFIX XL
28.0
580.0
150.0
360
TPU
Black (BK)
3 pcs.
115-28590
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
78
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
SOFTFIX-Family
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties, Releasable
1.4
Cable Ties inside serrated with one-hand
release mechanism
REZ-Series
Perfect for use in the packaging industry for tying up bags that may
need to be reopened and resealed again, e.g. milk powder in the
catering industry.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable and reusable cable tie
• Patented head design for simple and rapid use
• Quick-release mechanism for one-hand operation, even under tension
• Inside serrated
• Can be opened with gloves
REZ ties have a simple one-hand release mechanism.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Patented
L
W
REZ series cable tie with ergonomic release mechanism.
REZ-Series
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
REZ200
4.7
200.0
50.0
REZ300
4.7
305.0
80.0
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
135
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
115-40200
135
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
115-40300
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Date of issue: October 2015
Application video: REZ
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
79
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.4
Cable Ties, Releasable
Cable Tie with quick release mechanism
Speedy-Click
SpeedyTie®
The versatility of the SpeedyTie® means that it is suitable for a multitude
of applications, such as electrical installations, heating and ventilation,
construction, exhibitions and trade fairs. Whether it is used for
permanent or temporary solutions, the SpeedyTie® provides a helping
hand in every situation.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable cable tie
• Removable, patented 'Speedy-Click' rapid closure
• Bears loads of up to 888 N (approx. 90 kg)
• 750 mm long for use in a wide variety of applications
• Easy to handle when wearing protective gloves
• Available in signal yellow and black
Patented quick release mechanism for quick and easy application.
Patented
Excess Tails can be neatly tucked away.
Application video:
SpeedyTie®
SpeedyTie® – Quick and easy.
SpeedyTie® is particularly suited for
temporary but safe bundling or fixing.
L
W
TYPE
SpeedyTie (RTT750HR)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
13.0
752.0
210.0
888
Article-No.
PA66
Yellow (YE), Red (RD)
5 pcs.
115-00001
13.0
752.0
210.0
13.0
752.0
210.0
888
PA66
Yellow (YE), Red (RD)
25 pcs.
115-00000
888
PA66HIR(S)
Black (BK)
5 pcs.
115-00030
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
80
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
SpeedyTie®
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.4
Cable Ties, Releasable
Hook and Loop Ties
TEXTIE-Series
As cables use thinner and softer insulation, and as fibre optic cables
become more common, there is a need for a 'soft' method of bundling.
TEXTIEs are ideal for use on telephone cables, optical fibre and network
cables. In addition, they are perfect for use in temporary installations
such as theatre stage construction or the manufacture of prototype
cable harnesses.
TEXTIEs can also be used in many domestic and office applications, too.
Features and Benefits
• Quick and simple to use without tools
• No waste
• Resistant to ageing with no corrosion
• Re-usable up to 400 times
• Various colours for easy identification of multiple cable runs
Due to the functional cable tie design the TEXTIE is fixed on the cable and can't
get lost.
Application video: TEXTIE
The TEXTIE-Series is available in different colours and lengths.
Material specification
please see page 24.
TEXTIE-Series
TYPE
TEXTIE S
Date of issue: October 2015
TEXTIE M
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Loop
Material
Hook
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
12.5
150.0
45.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Black (BK)
10 pcs.
130-00012
12.5
200.0
60.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Black (BK)
10 pcs.
130-00013
12.5
200.0
60.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Blue (BU)
10 pcs.
130-00018
12.5
200.0
60.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Green (GN)
10 pcs.
130-00017
12.5
200.0
60.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Red (RD)
10 pcs.
130-00014
12.5
200.0
60.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
White (WH)
10 pcs.
130-00021
12.5
200.0
60.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Yellow (YE)
10 pcs.
130-00016
TEXTIE L
12.5
330.0
100.0
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Black (BK)
10 pcs.
130-00019
TEXTIE 5M
12.5
5,000.0
-
Polyamide (PA)
Polypropylene (PP)
Black (BK)
1 EA
130-00020
TEXTIE 25M
13.0
25,000.0
-
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66)
Polypropylene (PP)
Black (BK)
1 EA
130-00022
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
81
1.5
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
Short Circuit Test (SCT)
The alternative to cable cleats
HellermannTyton’s single and double wrap Metal Ball (MBT) and Buckle
Ties (AMT) fully withstand the maximum force of short circuits in trefoil
formation according to the results of laboratory tests performed using
the parameters outlined in the IEC 61914:2009 cable cleat standard.
The tests conducted by the NEFI High Power Laboratory in Norway – a
member of the SATS Certification – demonstrated that our MBT and
AMT stainless steel cable ties resist the huge forces unleashed by power
cables in the event of a short circuit, even when they are installed in a
'worst case' trefoil formation (see drawing).
Construction of the HellermannTyton SCT
The MBT and AMT metal ties were insulated from the cable jackets with
LFPC polyolefin protective channels as an added layer of protection. Two
different cable sizes, Ø 36 mm (300 mm²) and Ø 13 mm (50 mm²), each
with 3 cables 8 m in length in trefoil formation, were tested with short
circuit times between 0.2 and 0.5 seconds at various current levels.
Advantages of using HellermannTyton stainless steel cable ties
over cable cleats:
• They can be used for both inside and outside environments
• They offer very good heat and chemical resistance
• A range of strap lengths and widths make it is easy to choose a
solution for every application
• Only one cable tie is required for many different cable diameters
• Lower installation costs
• Low inventory value
Conclusion
• With the SCT we have proven that our MBT and AMT cable ties are
suitable for low and medium voltage cable and withstand a certain
level of short circuits currents.
• By using the IEC specified formula we are able to offer customers the
right cable tie for their applications.
Stainless steel cable ties from HellermannTyton are an
inexpensive alternative to cable cleats.
Please note that the information provided here is no substitute for a suitability test of your individual application.
82
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Best practice for installation in trefoil formation. Ties should be bundled as closely
as possible to the cables for a smooth loop and to avoid sharp edges.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
1.5
Cable Ties with Ball-Lock
MBT-Series, Stainless Steel 304
Metal ties are ideal for all applications that require high strength,
reliability and fire resistance. The MBT range of stainless steel cable
ties can be used in chemical industries and on oil platforms as well as
in mass transit, shipbuilding and mining industries. MBT ties are also
suitable for machine building, apparatus construction and in the outside
area of radio technology. Additionally, MBT ties are ideal for securing
lighting in theatres and exhibition halls.
Features and Benefits
• MBT cable ties made from stainless steel 304
• Patented non-releasable locking feature
• Corrosion resistant
• Weather resistant
• Outstanding chemical resistance
• High temperature resistance
• Non-burning
L
W
MBT-Series 4.6 mm and 7.9 mm width
L
Stainless Steel Cable Ties, uncoated,
MBT_SS, MBT_HS.
Stainless Steel Cable Ties, uncoated,
MBT_XHS.
Patented
Material specification
please see page 24.
The MBT-Series (up to 7.9 mm) can be
used in combination with the stainless
steel P-Mount. The mount is simple to install
with a screw or bolt and ensures a durable
fixing solution. Please see page 143.
W
MBT-Series 12.3 mm width
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
MBT5SS
4.6
127.0
12.0
25.0
MBT8SS
4.6
201.0
17.0
MBT14SS
4.6
362.0
17.0
MBT20SS
4.6
521.0
17.0
MBT27SS
4.6
685.0
17.0
MBT33SS
4.6
838.0
17.0
MBT8HS
7.9
201.0
17.0
MBT14HS
7.9
362.0
MBT20HS
7.9
MBT27HS
7.9
MBT33HS
MBT14XHS
MBT20XHS
MBT27XHS
MBT33XHS
Date of issue: October 2015
TYPE
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
900
SS304
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93058
50.0
900
SS304
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93088
102.0
900
SS304
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93148
152.0
900
SS304
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93208
203.0
900
SS304
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93278
254.0
900
SS304
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93338
50.0
2,000
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94088
17.0
102.0
2,000
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94148
521.0
17.0
152.0
2,000
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94208
685.0
17.0
203.0
2,000
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94278
7.9
838.0
17.0
254.0
2,000
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94338
12.3
362.0
17.0
102.0
2,700
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95148
12.3
521.0
17.0
152.0
2,700
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95208
12.3
681.0
17.0
203.0
2,700
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95278
12.3
838.0
17.0
254.0
2,700
SS304
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95338
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
15
16
17
18
MK9SST
MK9PSST
HDT16
KST-STG200
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
83
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.5
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
Cable Ties with Ball-Lock
MBT-Series, Stainless Steel 316
Metal ties are ideal for all applications that require high strength,
reliability and fire resistance. The MBT range of stainless steel cable
ties can be used in chemical industries and on oil platforms as well as
in mass transit, shipbuilding and mining industries. MBT ties are also
suitable for machine building, apparatus construction and in the
outside area of radio technology. Additionally, MBT ties are ideal for
securing lighting in theatres and exhibition halls.
Features and Benefits
• MBT cable ties made from stainless steel 316
• Patented non-releasable locking feature
• Corrosion resistant
• Weather resistant
• Outstanding chemical resistance
• Antimagnetic
• High temperature resistance
• Non-burning
Stainless Steel Cable Ties, uncoated, MBT_S, MBT_H.
The MBT-Series (up to 7.9 mm) can be
used in combination with the stainless
steel P-Mount. The mount is simple to install
with a screw or bolt and ensures a durable
fixing solution. Please see page 143.
Patented
L
W
MBT-Series 4.6 mm and 7.9 mm width
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
MBT5S
4.6
127.0
12.0
25.0
MBT8S
4.6
201.0
12.0
50.0
900
SS316
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93059
900
SS316
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93089
MBT14S
4.6
362.0
12.0
MBT20S
4.6
521.0
12.0
102.0
900
SS316
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93149
152.0
900
SS316
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93209
MBT27S
4.6
685.0
MBT33S
4.6
838.0
12.0
203.0
900
SS316
100 pcs.
15-18
111-93279
12.0
254.0
900
SS316
100 pcs.
15-18
MBT8H
7.9
111-93339
201.0
12.0
50.0
2,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94089
MBT14H
MBT20H
7.9
362.0
12.0
102.0
2,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94149
7.9
521.0
12.0
152.0
2,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94209
MBT27H
7.9
685.0
12.0
203.0
2,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94279
MBT33H
7.9
838.0
12.0
254.0
2,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-94339
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
15
16
17
18
MK9SST
MK9PSST
HDT16
KST-STG200
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
84
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
1.5
Cable Ties with Ball-Lock
MBT-Series, Stainless Steel 316
L
W
MBT-Series 12.3 mm width
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
MBT-Series 16.0 mm width
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
MBT14XH
12.3
362.0
12.0
102.0
MBT20XH
12.3
521.0
12.0
152.0
MBT27XH
12.3
681.0
12.0
MBT33XH
12.3
838.0
MBT14UH
16.0
362.0
MBT20UH
16.0
MBT27UH
16.0
MBT33UH
16.0
838.0
12.0
254.0
4,100
SS316
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01304
MBT43UH
16.0
1,092.0
12.0
330.0
4,100
SS316
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01305
MBT49UH
16.0
1,245.0
12.0
380.0
4,100
SS316
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01306
TYPE
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
2,700
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95149
2,700
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95209
203.0
2,700
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95279
12.0
254.0
2,700
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-95339
12.0
102.0
4,100
SS316
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01301
521.0
12.0
152.0
4,100
SS316
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01302
681.0
12.0
203.0
4,100
SS316
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01303
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
15
16
17
18
MK9SST
MK9PSST
HDT16
KST-STG200
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
85
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.5
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
Double Wrap Cable Ties with Ball-Lock
MBTXHD- / MBTUHD-Series, Stainless Steel 316
The double wrap ties of the MBT-series are used in applications where a
fixing requires an extraordinary high tensile strength.
Features and Benefits
• Stainless steel MBT ties with double wrap operation
• Wraps around the bundle and passes through the head twice
• Very high tensile strength to carry enormous applied loads
• Head with two locking balls
• Resistant to arduous conditions and environments
Double wrap Stainless Steel Cable Ties, uncoated, MBT_UHD.
Patented
Material specification
please see page 24.
L
W
MBT-Series 12.3 mm width
Double wrap Stainless Steel Cable Ties, uncoated MBT_UHD.
L
W
MBT-Series 16.0 mm width
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
MBT27XHD
12.3
681.0
17.0
100.0
5,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-01307
MBT33XHD
12.3
838.0
17.0
120.0
5,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15-18
111-01308
MBT43XHD
12.3
1,092.0
17.0
160.0
5,000
SS316
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01309
MBT49XHD
12.3
1,245.0
17.0
180.0
5,000
SS316
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01310
MBT60XHD
12.3
1,524.0
17.0
230.0
5,000
SS316
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01311
MBT27UHD
16.0
681.0
25.0
100.0
7,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01312
MBT33UHD
16.0
838.0
25.0
120.0
7,000
SS316
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01313
MBT43UHD
16.0
1,092.0
25.0
160.0
7,000
SS316
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01314
MBT49UHD
16.0
1,245.0
25.0
180.0
7,000
SS316
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01315
MBT60UHD
16.0
1,524.0
25.0
230.0
7,000
SS316
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01316
Recommended Tools
15
16
17
18
MK9SST
MK9PSST
HDT16
KST-STG200
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
86
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
1.5
Cable Ties with Ball-Lock and Coating
MBT-FC-Series, Stainless Steel 316
The MBT range of stainless steel cable ties can be used in the most
arduous of conditions or where the additional security, strength and
fire resistance of a metal fixing is required. Used in all areas from mass
transit, ship building, oil rigs, mining and chemical industries to theatres
and exhibition halls. In the event of a fire, cables will remain securely
held in place and will not fall to block emergency exits.
Features and Benefits
• Fully coated MBT, made from type 316 stainless steel with
polyester coating
• Patented non-releasable locking feature
• Coated cable tie with smooth edges
• Comfortable handling and installation
• Eliminates contact corrosion between dissimilar materials
during application
Stainless Steel Cable Ties, coated, MBT_SFC, MBT_HFC.
Patented
The MBT-Series (up to 7.9 mm) can be
used in combination with the stainless
steel P-Mount. The mount is simple to install
with a screw or bolt and ensures a durable
fixing solution. Please see page 143.
Stainless Steel Cable Ties, coated, MBT_XHFC.
L
W
MBT-Series 4.6 mm and 7.9 mm width
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
4.6
127.0
15.0
25.0
Date of issue: October 2015
MBT5SFC
540
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
15-18
111-00288
MBT8SFC
4.6
201.0
17.0
50.0
540
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
15-18
111-00289
MBT14SFC
4.6
362.0
17.0
102.0
540
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
15-18
111-00290
MBT20SFC
4.6
521.0
17.0
152.0
540
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
15-18
111-00291
MBT27SFC
4.6
681.0
17.0
203.0
540
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
15-18
111-00292
MBT33SFC
4.6
838.0
17.0
254.0
540
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
15-18
111-00293
MBT8HFC
7.9
201.0
17.0
50.0
1,020
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00294
MBT14HFC
7.9
362.0
17.0
102.0
1,020
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00295
MBT20HFC
7.9
521.0
17.0
152.0
1,020
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00296
MBT27HFC
7.9
681.0
17.0
203.0
1,020
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00297
MBT33HFC
7.9
838.0
17.0
254.0
1,020
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00298
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
15
16
17
18
MK9SST
MK9PSST
HDT16
KST-STG200
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
87
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.5
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
Cable Ties with Ball-Lock and Coating
MBT-FC-Series, Stainless Steel 316
L
W
MBT-Series 12.3 mm width
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
MBT-Series 16.0 mm width
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
MBT14XHFC
12.3
362.0
17.0
102.0
1,620
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00299
MBT17XHFC
12.3
434.0
17.0
125.0
1,620
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-01500
MBT20XHFC
12.3
521.0
17.0
152.0
1,620
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00300
MBT23XHFC
12.3
575.0
17.0
168.0
1,620
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-01501
MBT27XHFC
12.3
681.0
17.0
203.0
1,620
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00301
MBT30XHFC
12.3
754.0
17.0
225.0
1,620
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-01502
MBT33XHFC
12.3
838.0
17.0
254.0
1,620
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-00302
MBT43XHFC
12.3
1,092.0
17.0
330.0
1,620
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01503
MBT49XHFC
12.3
1,245.0
17.0
380.0
1,620
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01504
MBT14UHFC
16.0
362.0
25.0
102.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01512
MBT17UHFC
16.0
434.0
25.0
125.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01513
MBT20UHFC
16.0
521.0
25.0
152.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01514
MBT23UHFC
16.0
575.0
25.0
168.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01515
MBT27UHFC
16.0
681.0
25.0
203.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01516
MBT30UHFC
16.0
754.0
25.0
225.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01517
MBT33UHFC
16.0
838.0
25.0
254.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01518
MBT43UHFC
16.0
1,092.0
25.0
330.0
2,500
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01519
MBT49UHFC
16.0
1,245.0
25.0
380.0
2,500
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01520
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
15
16
17
18
MK9SST
MK9PSST
HDT16
KST-STG200
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
88
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
1.5
Double Wrap Cable Ties with Ball-Lock and Coating
MBTXHDFC- / MBTUHDFC-Series, Stainless Steel 316
The MBT range of stainless steel cable ties can be used in the most
arduous of conditions or where the additional security, strength and
fire resistance of a metal fixing is required. Used in all areas from mass
transit, ship building, oil rigs, mining and chemical industries to theatres
and exhibition halls. In the event of a fire, cables will remain securely
held in place and will not fall to block emergency exits.
Features and Benefits
• MBT cable ties, made from stainless steel SS316 with a
polyester coating
• Patented non-releasable locking feature
• Double wrap operation
• Corrosion resistant
• Weather resistant
• Outstanding chemical resistance
• Antimagnetic
• High temperature resistant
• Non-burning
Stainless Steel Cable Ties, coated, MBT_UHDFC.
L
W
Patented
MBT-Series 12.3 mm width
L
W
MBT-Series 16.0 mm width
TYPE
MBT27XHDFC
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
12.3
681.0
17.0
100.0
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-01505
MBT33XHDFC
12.3
838.0
17.0
120.0
2,500
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15-18
111-01506
MBT43XHDFC
12.3
1,092.0
17.0
160.0
2,500
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01507
MBT49XHDFC
12.3
1,245.0
17.0
180.0
2,500
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01508
MBT60XHDFC
12.3
1,524.0
17.0
230.0
2,500
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15-18
111-01509
MBT27UHDFC
16.0
681.0
25.0
100.0
5,000
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01521
MBT33UHDFC
16.0
838.0
25.0
120.0
5,000
SS316, SP
50 pcs.
15;17
111-01522
MBT43UHDFC
16.0
1,092.0
25.0
160.0
5,000
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01523
MBT49UHDFC
16.0
1,245.0
25.0
180.0
5,000
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01524
MBT60UHDFC
16.0
1,524.0
25.0
230.0
5,000
SS316, SP
25 pcs.
15;17
111-01525
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
15
16
17
18
MK9SST
MK9PSST
HDT16
KST-STG200
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
89
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.5
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
Cable Ties with punch-locking mechanism
MST-Series, Stainless Steel 304
Stainless steel cable ties are designed for fixing loads and cables securely
in hazardous industrial environments such as railway carriages, jet
engines, inside power plants or on offshore drilling platforms, where
exposure to extremes of weather, saltwater and temperature are
common. The MST-Series tie with its new punch-locking mechanism
is an excellent choice especially for environments which require high
resistance to vibrations.
Features and Benefits
• MST-Series cable ties are made from stainless steel 304
• No loosening after bundling
• Corrosion and weather resistant
• Significantly improved vibration resistance
• Outstanding chemical resistance
• Space saving solution
• Safe cut-off (no sharp edges)
• High temperature resistant
• Non-burning
Stainless Steel Cable Ties MST-Series.
Material specification
please see page 24.
The MST-Series (up to 8.9 mm) can be
used in combination with the stainless
steel P-Mount. The mount is simple to install
with a screw or bolt and ensures a durable
fixing solution. Please see page 143.
One Step to the Web!
L
W
MST tie
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
MST200S
5.9
207.0
5.0
50.0
MST360S
5.9
360.0
5.0
100.0
MST500S
5.9
500.0
5.0
MST700S
5.9
700.0
5.0
MST360M
8.9
369.0
MST500M
8.9
MST700M
8.9
TYPE
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
900
SS304
100 pcs.
19
111-01549
900
SS304
100 pcs.
19
111-01550
145.0
900
SS304
100 pcs.
19
111-01551
205.0
900
SS304
100 pcs.
19
111-01552
8.0
100.0
1,500
SS304
50 pcs.
20
111-01631
509.0
8.0
145.0
1,500
SS304
50 pcs.
20
111-01632
700.0
8.0
205.0
1,500
SS304
50 pcs.
20
111-01633
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
19
20
MST6
MST9
For more information on toolings please
refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
90
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.5
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
Cable Ties with Fold Locking
The MLT range of stainless steel cable ties can be used in the most
arduous of conditions or where the additional security, strength and
fire resistance of a metal fixing is required. Used in all areas from mass
transit, ship building, oil rigs, mining and chemical industries to theatres
and exhibition halls. In the event of a fire, cables will remain securely
held in place and will not fall to block emergency exits.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable stainless steel buckle tie, MLT-series
• Heavy-duty type 316 stainless steel
• Can be re-opened and re-used
• Available also with polyester coating which prevents corrosion
between dissimilar materials
MLT-Series. Releasable Stainless Steel buckle tie with and without coating.
L
W
MLT-Series
MLT-Series, Stainless Steel 316
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
MLT8SS5
5.0
230.0
20.0
60.0
MLT12SS5
5.0
330.0
20.0
90.0
MLT16SS5
5.0
430.0
20.0
MLT24SS5
5.0
630.0
20.0
MLT8SS10
10.0
230.0
25.0
MLT12SS10
10.0
330.0
MLT16SS10
10.0
430.0
MLT24SS10
10.0
630.0
TYPE
The MLT-Series (up to 10 mm) can be
used in combination with the stainless
steel P-Mount. The mount is simple to install
with a screw or bolt and ensures a durable
fixing solution.Please see page 143.
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
420
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-94080
420
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-94120
120.0
420
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-94161
180.0
420
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91400
60.0
850
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-95080
25.0
90.0
850
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-95120
25.0
120.0
850
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91300
25.0
180.0
850
SS316
100 pcs.
17;21
111-95241
Material
Pack
Cont.
Tools
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
MLT-C-Series coated, Stainless Steel 316
Width
(W)
Date of issue: October 2015
TYPE
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
MLT8SSC5
5.3
230.0
20.0
60.0
420
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91000
MLT12SSC5
5.3
330.0
20.0
90.0
420
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91121
MLT16SSC5
5.3
430.0
20.0
120.0
420
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91161
MLT24SSC5
5.3
630.0
20.0
180.0
420
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91180
MLT8SSC10
10.3
230.0
25.0
60.0
850
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91001
MLT12SSC10
10.3
330.0
25.0
90.0
850
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91123
MLT16SSC10
10.3
430.0
25.0
120.0
850
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91163
MLT24SSC10
10.3
630.0
25.0
180.0
850
SS316, SP
100 pcs.
17;21
111-91181
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Recommended Tools
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
17
21
HDT16
MTT4
For more information on toolings please
refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
91
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.5
Cable Ties, Stainless Steel
Protective Channel for Stainless Steel Ties
LFPC
When used in conjunction with the MBT, MST and AMT range of
stainless steel cable ties this channel gives the cable protection against
chafing, vibration and shock. Ideal for use in arduous conditions such as
those found on board ships, oil rigs or in nuclear power stations.
Features and Benefits
• LFPC channel, manufactured from Polyolefin
• Works with MBT-, MST- and AMT-Series
• Smooth surface protects bundle against chafing caused by
vibrations and shocks
• Can be cut from roll (50 m) to any length
• Halogenfree
• Flame retardant
Cable tie MBTXH with LFPC Protective Channel.
The fire protection properties
of the material relate to the test
performed on defined test samples.
This is a test under laboratory conditions
and not directly transferable to the product
made from this material.
Material specification
please see page 24.
LFPC
TYPE
Width
(W)
For Ties
Material
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
LFPC70
7.0
MBTS
PO
25 m
111-93000
LFPC83
8.3
MBTH
PO
25 m
111-00257
LFPC103
10.3
MBTH
PO
25 m
111-94000
LFPC129
12.9
MBTXH
PO
50 m
111-00253
LFPC132
13.2
MBTXH
PO
25 m
111-00254
LFPC150
15.0
MBTXH
PO
25 m
111-95000
LFPC163
16.3
AMT, MBTUH
PO
50 m
111-00255
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
92
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Engineered for your Industry
Metal solutions designed to meet your demands
HellermannTyton Metal
Systems: Durable products
for harsh environments.
Date of issue: October 2015
Order your Metal
Systems Brochure now!
1.6
Cable Ties and Fixings
Product Selection
User guide for fixing ties
Application
H max.
Arrowhead
Fir Tree
Mount
•
•
•
H max.
W max.
Rivet
Wall Plug
Screw
Mount
EdgeClip
Weld Stud
Mount
•
•
•
•
H max.
•
H max.
Arrowhead
This fixing tie is based on an arrowhead offering high extraction forces.
The arrowhead is securely in place when a click can be heard and felt by
the user.
Arrowhead with disc
The disc minimises the ingress of dust, dirt and water. Furthermore a
safe fixation inside the drill hole is assured that withstands pressure from
various directions.
Arrowhead with supporting legs
Arrowhead fixings with supporting legs offer good and stable fixation in
drilled holes. The supporting legs generate additional pressure to assure
a firm and secure fixing while taking up any variation in panel thickness.
These ties are also suitable in high vibration applications.
Arrowhead without supporting legs
Fir Tree Mount
Fir Tree Mounts can be pushed into pre-punched holes easily in panels
or threaded, blind holes based on the low insertion forces. The design
is ideally suited for a wide range of sheet thicknesses. The disc on
top of the fir tree covers the hole and minimises the ingress of dust, dirt
and water.
94
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
The arrowhead design assures good fixation while utilising lowest
possible space.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Product Selection
1.6
Weld Stud Mount
Many of the HellermannTyton weld stud mounts can easily be attached
by hand ("soft push"). The design offers very low insertion forces that
require no tools. The mounts can be removed by twisting to the left.
SB9 and SB14 are based on "hard push" technology and require a
hammer to be applied.
Weld Stud Fixings with Lateral Adjustment
The special oval shape of these mounts provides a 5-6 mm lateral
adjustment to cater for any misalignment of the stud or incorrect
positioning of ties on the cables. The bundle can therefore be moved
when mounted.
EdgeClip
The EdgeClips are specifically designed to bundle and guide cable
and wires on edges. Cost intensive drill holes for fixing are no longer
required. EdgeClips are easily mounted by hand, the integrated metal
clamp, securely keeping the clips on the edge.
EdgeClip Twistable
Ideally suited for fixations where bundles need to be flexibly guided.
Theses EdgeClips are available with facilities for 90° or 360° rotation.
Cable and Hose Attachment
Excellent solution for subsequent attachment of pipes and wires to
installed tubes.
Heavy Duty Application
These sturdy fixing ties can withstand vibrations. They are easy to
apply and give a secure alignment to the bundle. There will be high
tighteining torque through metal bushing.
Date of issue: October 2015
Two Piece Fixing Ties with Clip Coupler
The Coupler is an article to connect two cable ties for parallel bundling
of tubes, harnesses or cables. Its design enables the cable ties to rotate
up to 90° and allows flexible installations.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
95
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead, with Disc
With a diverse range of fixing possibilities these ties are ideal for use in
many different industries, including automotive, aerospace, white goods
manufacture and panel building.
Features and Benefits
• Easy to install without the need for a tool
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Disc adjusts tie for pressures from various directions and minimises
access of dust, dirt and water
• Cable tie head always situated in a defined position
• KSFT-types with specially rounded arrowhead minimise the
assembly height
The flexible disc adjusts to take up variations in panel thickness - ensuring a firm
fixing at all times.
1-Piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead, with Disc, for round holes
L
W
T50SOSKSFT5.4E
T50SOSSFT6.5E
Width
(W)
TYPE
PT2ASFT6.5PT0.7-1.5-E
T50SOSKSFT5SE
T50SOSKSFT5.4E
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
T50SOSKSFT6.5E
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
3.4
112.7
20.0
230
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 1.5
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
2;4-6
126-00183
4.6
156.0
35.0
180
16.0
4.8 - 5.2
0.7 - 1.3
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
2-10
126-00111
4.6
156.0
35.0
180
16.0
4.8 - 5.2
0.7 - 1.3
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00099
4.6
156.0
35.0
180
16.0
5.2 - 5.6
0.7 - 1.3
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00075
T50SOSKSFT65E
4.6
156.0
35.0
180
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 1.3
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00081
T50SOSKSFT6.5S2-E
4.6
157.5
35.0
225
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
1.7 - 2.3
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00086
T50SOSSFT6.5E
4.6
158.8
30.0
200
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
1.9 - 2.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-03102
T50SST5
4.6
170.0
31.0
225
16.2
6.1 - 6.5
0.7 - 1.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
126-02300
4.6
170.0
31.0
225
16.2
6.1 - 6.5
0.7 - 1.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00017
T50SD6
5.0
160.0
31.0
225
18.0
6.3 - 7.5
0.6 - 1.8
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
111-85350
T50MD7
5.0
225.0
59.0
225
16.0
6.8 - 7.2
0.8 - 2.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
111-85850
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
96
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead, with Disc
1-Piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead, with Disc, releasable
L
W
RT50SD6
L
RT50SD6
TYPE
RT50SD6
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
5.0
160.0
31.0
180
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
18.0
6.3 - 7.5
0.6 - 1.8
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
111-85480
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Date of issue: October 2015
Material specification
please see page 24.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
97
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead,
with disc, sealed
The parts are mainly used in the automotive industry,
e.g. for door harnesses.
Features and Benefits
• One-piece fixing ties with cellular rubber disc
• Especially suitable for door and tailgate harnesses used for car
body applications
• T50SOSSFT6,5E-MD with lasered seal and T60SOSSFT6,5E-MD made
from PA6.6 HS are tested acc. IEC60529 and fulfill IP67
• Made from PA66 heat-stabilised material
• Welded cellular rubber disc minimises access of dust, dirt and water
The additional seal protects against the ingress of moisture.
Fixing Ties, sealed, round holes
L
W
One piece fixing tie with arrowhead and disc, standard design
Width Length
(W)
(L)
TYPE
T50SOSSFT6.5E-MDL
T50SOSSFT6.5E-MDL
Bundle
Ø max.
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
4.6
158.8
30.0
200
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
0.6 - 1.8
PA66HS
Green (GN)
2-10
126-03100
4.6
158.8
30.0
200
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
0.6 - 1.8
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00264
6.3 - 6.7
T50SOSSFT6.5-E-MDL
4.6
158.8
30.0
200
16.0
0.6 - 1.8
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
2-10
156-00271
T50SOSSFT6.5E-MS-MD
4.6
163.0
35.0
180
16.0 6.25 - 6.75
0.7 - 1.6
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
2-10
126-00065
T50XROSSFT6.5EMDL
4.6
200.0
45.0
200
16.0 6.25 - 6.75
1.2 - 2.1
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00379
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Fixing Ties, sealed, oval holes
Material specification
please see page 24.
Width Length
(W)
(L)
TYPE
T60XSOSSFT62X122E-MD
T60SOSSFT62x122E-MD
T60SOSSFT70x120E-MD
T60SOSSFT65x130E-MD
Bundle
Ø
max.
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness Material
5.5
133.6
25.0
300
16.0 x 22.0 6.2 x 12.2
0.7 - 2.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-12
126-00208
5.5
157.5
30.0
300
16.0 x 22.0 6.2 x 12.2
0.6 - 2.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-12
126-00080
5.5
157.5
30.0
300
16.0 x 22.0 7.0 x 12.0
0.7 - 2.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-12
126-00079
5.5
157.6
30.0
300
16.0 x 22.0 6.5 x 13.0
0.6 - 2.0
PA66HS
Natural
(NA)
2-12
126-00076
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
98
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
T60SOSSFT6.5x130E-MD
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with wings
For bundling and fixing of cable harnesses, pipes and hoses in many
different industries, including automotive, aerospace, white goods
manufacturing and panel building.
Features and Benefits
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Cable tie head always situated in defined position
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Supporting legs provide a secure and firm fixing in areas where space
is limited
A wide range of arrowhead fixing ties which are suitable for different panel
thicknesses and hole diameters.
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with wings, for round holes
L
W
T50SSL5
TYPE
Drawing
T18RSF
T50SSL5
T50SL5
Width Length Bundle
(W)
(L)
Ø max.
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
2.5
100.0
16.0
80
4.6 - 4.8
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
2;4-6
111-85519
2.5
100.0
16.0
80
4.6 - 4.8
0.8 - 3.0
PA66W
Black (BK)
2;4-6
111-85560
4.6
135.0
27.0
200
6.1 - 6.5
0.5 - 2.7
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-02204
4.6
135.0
27.0
225
6.1 - 6.5
0.5 - 2.7
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
111-85395
4.6
135.0
27.0
225
6.1 - 6.5
0.5 - 2.7
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
111-85339
4.6
163.0
34.0
222
6.1 - 6.5
0.8 - 2.7
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00005
4.6
165.0
34.0
222
6.1 - 6.5
0.8 - 2.7
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
111-85369
T50SL6
4.6
165.0
34.0
225
6.3 - 7.5
0.5 - 2.5
PA66
Black (BK)
2-10
111-85460
T50SL7
4.6
165.0
34.0
225
6.9 - 7.1
0.8 - 2.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
111-85479
T50SL5
4.7
165.0
34.0
222
6.1 - 6.5
0.8 - 2.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00001
4.6
160.0
35.0
225
6.0 - 6.6
0.7 - 3.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
111-85739
T50SSFM
4.6
160.0
35.0
225
6.0 - 6.6
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00032
4.6
160.0
35.0
225
6.0 - 6.6
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
2-10
126-01104
T50RSFM
4.7
205.0
45.0
225
6.0 - 6.6
0.7 - 3.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
111-85729
T50SAH
4.6
160.0
25.0
225
6.0 - 6.6
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
2-10
155-41102
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
99
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with wings
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with wings, releasable
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
RT50RSF
4.6
215.0
50.0
RT50SFK
5.0
225.0
50.0
TYPE
Drawing
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
225
7.8 - 8.2
0.8 - 2.5
PA66
Black (BK)
2-10
115-07010
225
6.4 - 7.0
0.8 - 3.0
PA66
Black (BK)
2-10
115-06960
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with wings, for oval holes
TYPE
Drawing
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.6
228.0
45.0
4.6
228.0
45.0
T80RFT6X12
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
222
6.3 x 12.3
0.6 - 3.0
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-12
150-48397
222
6.3 x 12.3
0.6 - 3.0
PA66
Black (BK)
2-12
150-48396
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
100
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, without Wings and Disc
The arrowhead design allows these ties to be used in areas with
limited space.
Features and Benefits
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Fixing tie with arrowhead without legs
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Cable tie head always situated in defined position
The arrowhead design allows these fixing ties to be used in areas with limited
space.
L
W
Material specification
please see page 24.
T30RSF(U)
L
W
T50RSF(E)
TYPE
T30RSF(U)
T50RSF(E)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
3.6
158.0
31.0
136
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
4.7 - 5.5
0.8 - 2.1
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
111-85610
3.6
158.0
32.0
136
4.7 - 5.5
0.8 - 2.1
PA66
Natural (NA)
2;4-6
111-85603
4.6
210.0
50.0
225
6.2 - 6.4
2.9 - 3.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
111-85799
4.6
210.0
50.0
225
6.2 - 6.4
2.9 - 3.0
PA66
Black (BK)
2-10
126-01001
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
101
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead, with Disc
1-Piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead, with Disc, for round holes
With a diverse range of fixing possibilities these ties are ideal for use in
many different industries, including automotive, aerospace, white goods
manufacture and panel building.
Features and Benefits
• Easy to install without the need for a tool
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Disc adjusts tie for pressures from various directions and minimises
access of dust, dirt and water
• Cable tie head always situated in a defined position
• KSFT-types with specially rounded arrowhead minimise the
assembly height
One piece fixing tie with arrowhead, outside serrated.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
PT2ASFT6.5PT0.7-1.5E
L
PT2ASFT6.5PT0.7-1.5E
TYPE
PT2ASFT6.5PT0.7-1.5-E
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
3.4
112.7
20.0
230
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 1.5
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
2;4-6
126-00183
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
4
5
6
MK20
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
102
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with Disc
Primarily designed for fixing cable harnesses in the automotive industry,
their simplicity and ease of use has resulted in these parts being used
in other industries, for example aviation, switch gear and white goods
manufacturing.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with arrowhead foot part
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Disc adjusts tie for pressure from various directions
Being a two piece assembly allows the tie head to be located in the most
convenient position.
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with Disc, sealed
L
L
W
T50ROSSFT6.5-16-2MOD-MD
T50ROSSFT6.5-16-2MOD-MD
Width Length
(W)
(L)
TYPE
T50ROSSFT6.5D16-2 MD
T50ROSSFT6.516-2-MD
T50ROSSFT6.5
16-3MD
T50RAHD6-MS-MD
Bundle
Ø
max.
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
Panel
Material
(FH)
Thickness Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
4.6
200.0
45.0
222 22.4 6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 1.8
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
4.6
200.0
45.0
225 16.0 6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 1.2
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
4.6
200.0
45.0
225 16.0 6.3 - 6.7
2.5 - 3.5
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
4.6
202.0
50.0
225 18.0 6.5 - 7.0
0.7 - 1.2
PA66HS
PA66HS
Colour
Black
(BK)
Black
(BK)
Black
(BK)
Natural
(NA)
Tools Article-No.
2-10
150-93100
2-10
155-42002
2-10
150-37799
2-10
156-01193
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, for oval holes
L
L
W
T50RFT62x122
T50RFT62x122
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50RFT62x122HR
4.6
202.0
45.0
T50RFT6OVAL
4.6
202.0
45.0
TYPE
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
225
6.3 x 12.2
0.6 - 3.0
PA46
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-00446
355
6.3 x 12.2
0.6 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-37591
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
103
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with Disc
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with Disc, for round holes
T50SSFT6.5
T50ROSSFT6.5 16-3
T50RSFT6.5D18
L
Other dimensions are
available on request.
T50ROSSFT6.5-16-2MOD-MD
Width Length
(W)
(L)
TYPE
Bundle
Ø
max.
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
Panel
(FH)
Thickness
Material
Cable
Material
Tie
Foot Part
T50SOSSFT65162OD
4.6
150.0
35.0
225 16.0 6.3 - 6.7
1.5 - 2.2
PA66HS
T50SSFT6.5
4.6
150.0
35.0
225 22.4 6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 2.0
PA66HS
T50RSFT6.5D18
4.6
200.0
45.0
200 18.0 6.5 - 6.8
0.4 - 1.6
T50ROS-SFT6.5 16-3
4.6
200.0
45.0
225 16.0 6.3 - 6.7
T50RSFT6.5
4.6
200.0
45.0
225 22.4 6.3 - 6.7
T50RSFT6.5 16-3
4.6
200.0
49.0
T80ISFT6.5
4.6
300.0
T50RDHSFT6.5
4.7
210.0
Colour
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
PA66HS
Tools
ArticleNo.
2-10
150-93130
Black (BK)
2-10
150-13593
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
150-37691
2.5 - 3.5
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
150-37791
0.7 - 2.0
PA66HS
222 16.0 6.3 - 6.7
2.5 - 3.5
PA66HS
81.0
355 22.4 6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 2.0
PA66HS
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-12
150-13596
38.0
178 22.4 6.4 - 6.8
0.7 - 2.0
PA66HS
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
117-05160
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-13591
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
150-37792
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, for parallel routing
L
L
W
T50SOSDSFT6.5
T50SOSDSFT6.5
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.6
150.0
35.0
T50SOSDSFT6.5
225
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 1.5
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00133
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
104
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead, with Disc
For temperatures up to +240 °C
Primarily designed for fixing cable harnesses in the automotive industry,
their simplicity and ease of use has resulted in these parts being used
in other industries, for example aviation, switch gear and white goods
manufacturing.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with arrowhead foot part
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Disc adjusts tie for pressure from various directions and minimises
access of dust, dirt and water
PEEK FixingTies can be used for small diameters from 1.0 mm.
Manufactured in PEEK material
• -55 °C to +240 °C operating temperature
• Excellent resistance against chemicals and gamma radiation
Please find more PEEK products for your
system solutions: PEEK Ties, see page 66.
Screw Mount CTAM, see page 139.
One Step to the Web!
Material specification
please see page 24.
L
PT2AP1SFT6.5
L
W
PT2AP1SFT6.5
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
PT2AP1SFT6.5
3.4
145.0
35.0
PT2AP2SFT6.5
3.4
145.0
35.0
PT2AP3SFT6,5
3.4
145.0
32.0
TYPE
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
230
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 1.3
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
2;4-6
156-01090
230
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
1.7 - 2.3
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
2;4-6
156-01091
230
16.0
6.3 - 6.7
1.2 - 1.8
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
2;4-6
156-01146
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
2
4
5
6
MK20
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
105
We replace metal solutions with plastic components –
even for high temperatures.
PEEK
PA46
Learn more about our fixing
ties and elements for high
temperature applications in
our brochure.
Order now!
Date of issue: October 2015
E/TFE
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc
Primarily designed for fixing cable harnesses in the automotive industry,
their simplicity and ease of use has resulted in these parts being used
in other industries, for example aviation, switch gear and white goods
manufacturing.
Features and Benefits
• Cable tie head always situated in defined position
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Disc adjusts tie for pressure from various directions and minimises
access of dust, dirt and water
• Fir tree foot part can be used for a variety of panel thicknesses
• Suitable for use within threaded holes
Fir tree foot parts can be used for a variety of panel thicknesses.
Material specification
please see page 24.
T50SOSFT6-E2
T50SOSFT6LGE
T50SOSFT6D10E
T50SOSFT6D10E - One piece fixing tie with fir tree food part.
T50SOSFT8E
T18RDP5
L
L
W
Special design without a gap between head and bundle; FT220DP7
One piece fixing tie with fir tree mount, standard design
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T18RDP5
2.5
110.0
20.0
T50SOSFT6-E2
4.6
160.0
T50SOSFT6D10E
4.6
163.0
4.6
TYPE
T50SOSFT8E
Date of issue: October 2015
T50SOSFT6LGE
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
80
13.0
4.9 - 5.1
3.0 - 4.0
PA66
Black (BK)
2;4-6
150-55610
35.0
180
16.0
6.3 - 7.0
0.6 - 4.2
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00085
32.0
180
9.8
5.8 - 6.2
0.8 - 5.5
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
157-00028
163.0
35.0
225
16.0
8.0 - 8.5
0.6 - 6.0
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
157-00115
4.6
163.0
35.0
225
16.0
8.0 - 8.5
0.6 - 6.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00072
4.6
165.0
35.0
180
16.0
6.3 - 7.0
0.7 - 7.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00228
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
107
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50SOSFT6LG-E2
4.6
167.0
35.0
T50SOSFT6E1
4.7
161.4
35.0
FT220DP7
4.7
232.0
T50SOSFT6LG-E4
4.9
5.1
TYPE
T50ROSFT8SO25A
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
222
16.0
6.1 - 6.9
0.6 - 8.3
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00140
150
16.0
6.3 - 7.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00033
40.0
225
16.0
6.8 - 7.2
0.8 - 5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
2-12
150-01700
165.0
31.0
200
22.0
6.3 - 7.0
6.3 - 7.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00237
230.0
50.0
220
19.0
7.6 - 8.4
0.6 - 6.7
PA46
Brown (BN)
2-10
157-00168
5.1
230.0
50.0
222
19.0
7.6 - 8.4
0.6 - 6.7
PA66HIRHS
Grey (GY)
2-10
157-00120
T50ROSFT612.5SO
5.1
234.2
50.0
220
16.6
6.1 - 6.9
0.6 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00216
OS170FT7LH
5.3
170.0
30.0
147
16.0
6.8 - 7.2
0.7 - 4.5
PA66
Black (BK)
3;9-12
157-00019
5.3
170.0
30.0
200
16.0
6.35
0.7 - 5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
3;9-12
157-00080
5.3
170.0
30.0
200
16.0
6.35
0.7 - 5.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
157-00081
OS160FT6HEX
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc, releasable
L
W
One piece fixing tie with fir tree mount, standard design
TYPE
REL30SDP6
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
5.0
170.0
31.0
135
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
22.0
6.3 - 7.1
3.0 - 7.0
PA66
Black (BK)
2;4-6
150-55500
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
108
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc,
for Round Holes
Primarily designed for fixing cable harnesses in the automotive industry,
their simplicity and ease of use has resulted in these parts being used in
other industries, for example aviation, switch gear manufacturer, white
goods manufacturer.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with fir tree foot part
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Disc adjusts tie for pressure from various directions and minimises
access of dust, dirt and water
• Fir tree foot part can be used for a variety of panel thicknesses
• Suitable for use within threaded holes
These Fir Tree fixings can also be used in threaded, blind holes.
Other dimensions are
available on request.
Fir Tree Parts FT5
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
T50SOSFT5SD
L
T50SOSFT5SD
TYPE
T18RFT5
T30RFT5
T30RFT5
Width Length Bundle
(W)
(L)
Ø max.
2.5
20.0
80
Hole Ø
(FH)
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
Panel
Material
Thickness Cable Tie
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
3.5
150.0
34.0
135
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA46
3.5
150.0
34.0
135
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
3.5
T50SOSFT5
100.0
Disc
Ø
T50SOSFT5SD
150.0
34.0
135
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA46
3.5
150.0
34.0
135
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA46
4.6
150.0
31.0
225
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
Material
Foot Part
Tools
Article-No.
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2;4-6
156-01225
Natural
(NA),
Grey (GY)
2;4-6
150-55948
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2;4-6
150-55850
PA46
Natural
(NA),
Grey (GY)
2;4-6
156-01191
PA46
Grey (GY)
2;4-6
156-01316
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
156-06200
PA46
Colour
T50SOSFT5SD
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
156-00432
T50RFT5
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
16.0
4.5 - 5.0
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
156-00025
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
109
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc,
for Round Holes
Fir Tree Parts FT6
L
L
W
T50RFT6LG
T50RFT6LG
Width Length
(W)
(L)
TYPE
T18RFT6
2.5
Bundle
Ø max.
100.0
20.0
80
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
Panel
Material
Thickness Cable Tie
0.8 - 3.0
Material
Foot Part
PA66
Colour
Tools Article-No.
PA66
Black (BK) 2;4-6
150-09110
PA46
Beige
(BGE),
Grey (GY)
2;4-6
156-01336
PT2AFT6LG
3.4
145.0
35.0
230
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 6.0
PEEK
T30RFT6
3.5
150.0
34.0
135
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK) 2;4-6
150-77950
T30RFT6LG
3.5
150.0
35.0
133
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK) 2;4-6
150-31090
T30RFT6SD
3.6
148.0
35.0
135
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK) 2;4-6
150-52690
T50SFT6LG1SD
4.6
160.0
30.0
225
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.6 - 6.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
156-00154
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
T50ROSFT6
T50ROSFT6SD
2-10
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
2-10
156-00076
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA46
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-00085
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
2-10
156-05902
0.7 - 5.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
156-00399
4.6
200.0
46.0
225
16.0
T50RFT6LGSDHEX
4.6
202.0
45.0
225
16.0 6.25 - 6.75
4.6
202.0
45.0
225
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA46
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-01291
T50RFT6
4.6
202.0
45.0
225
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA46
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
150-77938
4.6
202.0
45.0
225
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66
Black (BK)
2-10
150-77941
T50RFT6LG
4.6
202.0
44.0
225
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
150-31091
T80IFT6LG
4.6
300.0
81.0
356
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-12
150-31096
T50RDHFT6
4.7
210.0
19.0
180
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
150-77936
T80LFT6
5.0
390.0
108.0
355
16.0
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-12
150-77934
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Date of issue: October 2015
Material specification
please see page 24.
110
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree, with Disc,
for Round Holes
Fir Tree Parts FT7 - FT10
L
L
W
T50RFT8GSD
T50RFT8GSD
T50RFT8
T50IFT7
TYPE
Width Length Bundle
(W)
(L)
Ø max.
T50RFT10
T120IFT9
T50RFT8GSD
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools Article-No.
V150RFT10
3.3
150.0
35.0
150
18.0
9.7 - 10.0
0.8 - 5.0
PA66
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
156-01233
T40RFT8GSD
4.0
180.0
40.0
180
16.0
8.0 - 8.5
1.5 - 4.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-8
156-00104
T50RFT7
4.6
200.0
44.0
225
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 7.0
PA66HS
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
111-85871
T50RFT10
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
18.0
9.7 - 10.0
0.8 - 5.0
PA66HS
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
111-85810
T50ROSFT10
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
18.0
9.7 - 10.0
0.8 - 5.0
PA66HS
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00120
T50RFT8
4.6
200.0
49.0
225
16.0
7.7 - 8.0
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HS
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
111-85880
T50RFT7HD
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
21.6
6.2 - 7.2
0.8 - 7.0
PA46
PA46
Brown (BN)
2-10
156-00457
T50RFT8GSD
T50IFT7
T120IFT9
4.6
202.0
45.0
225
16.0
8.0 - 8.5
1.5 - 4.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
133-00034
4.6
202.0
45.0
225
16.0
8.0 - 8.5
1.5 - 4.0
PA46
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-00235
4.6
300.0
81.0
225
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 7.0
PA66HS
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-00700
Black (BK)
3;912
156-00200
7.6
300.0
80.0
535
20.0
9.0 - 10.6
5.0 - 11.0
PA66HIR(S) PA66HIR(S)
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
111
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Pieces Fixing Ties with Deep Hole Anchor, with
Disc, for Round Holes
Deep Hole Anchor DHA5.5 - DHA8.4
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with deep hole anchor
• The high 'pull off' forces are due to the integrated metal clamp
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Disc adjusts tie for pressure from various directions and minimises
access of dust, dirt and water
• Suitable for use within blind holes with or without thread
DHA5.5x15 and DHA8.4x20 for blind hole applications.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
Fixing tie with deep hole anchor
L
Fixing tie with deep hole anchor
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50RDHA5.5x15
4.6
202.0
45.0
T50RDHA8.4x20
4.6
202.0
45.0
TYPE
Drawing
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
225
5,4 - 5,6
15.0
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-01203
225
8,3 - 8,5
20.0
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-01155
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
112
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties for Weld Studs
For cable routing above the stud
Primarily designed for use in the automotive industry, these parts can
be used in a wide variety of applications where 5 mm/8 mm weld studs
or 5 mm/8 mm ISO bolts are used and cables need to be bundled and
secured. (WS series,T120RSM, DCT9 and DCT 11 are for 1/4" bolts)
Features and Benefits
• Cable tie head always situated in defined position
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Bundle runs directly above weld stud with defined stand-off from
the panel
The T50SSBS5OTE / T50SSBS6OT-E allows very precise routing of cable bundles.
T50SSBS50TE
L
W
T50SSBS6OT-E
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50SSBS50TE
4.0
160.0
35.0
T50SSBS6OT-E
4.6
160.0
35.0
TYPE
Stud
Ø
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
200
5.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
155-30602
200
6.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00083
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
113
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties for Weld Studs
For cable routing alongside the stud
Features and Benefits
• Cable tie head always situated in defined position
• Easy to install without the need for a tool
• Bundles are routed very close to stud
Material specification
please see page 24.
T50SOSSBD-M8/10.
This outside serrated cable tie with weld stud mounting keeps the cables close to
the fixing stud.
T50SOSSBU-M8/10 for bundles which run below the stud.
L
W
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50SOSSBD-M10
5.7
175.0
30.0
T50SOSSBD-M8
5.7
175.0
T50SOSSBU-M10
5.7
T50SOSSBU-M8
T50SOSSBS5E
TYPE
Drawing
Stud
Ø
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
150
10.0
PA66HSW
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00040
30.0
150
8.0
PA66HSW
Black (BK)
2-10
157-00039
175.0
30.0
150
10.0
PA66HSW
Grey (GY)
2-10
157-00067
5.7
175.0
30.0
150
8.0
PA66HSW
Grey (GY)
2-10
157-00066
4.7
160.0
35.0
225
5.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
155-12300
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
114
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
T50SOSSBD-M8/M10
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties for Weld Studs, moveable
T50SOSWSP5E-2 for 5 mm studs, retainer height 3.5 mm
Primarily designed for use in the automotive industry, these parts can
be used in a wide variety of applications, e.g. where weld studs or ISO
bolts are used and cables need to be bundled and secured.
(WS series, T120RSM, DCT9 & DCT 11 are for 1/4" bolts)
Features and Benefits
• Cable tie head always situated in defined position
• Easy to install without the need for a tool
• Provides 5 - 6 mm lateral adjustment
• Very low profile, stackable design
• For parallel routing of several bundles
T50SOSWSP5E, parallel installation using two fixing ties.
L
W
T50SOSWSP5E-2
TYPE
T50SOSWSP5E-2
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
4.6
162.6
35.0
225
Stud
Ø
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
5.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
133-01553
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
1-Piece Fixing Ties for Weld Studs,
for Heavy Duty Applications
WS-Series for threaded studs
Wide strap stud-mounted cable ties are primarily designed for use in the
automotive or truck industry.
Features and Benefits
• Very flexible strap provides minimum pinching of soft hoses and
convoluted tubing
• Low profile head for compact bundling
• Clamping rails to increase grip on round bundles
• Flexible hinge
L
The wide strap stud mount cable tie minimizes pinching on soft bundles.
W
Wide Strap Heavy Duty Stud Mount Cable Ties
Date of issue: October 2015
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Stud
Ø
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
WSS8MM
12.7
246.4
57.1
534
8.0
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
11-12
157-00034
WSI8MM
12.7
322.6
82.5
534
8.0
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
11-12
157-00035
WSR8MM
12.7
398.8
104.1
534
8.0
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
11-12
157-00036
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
115
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties for Weld Studs,
for parallel routing
T50SDSBS5 for max. bundle diameter 35.0 mm
Many applications require cables to be run parallel to each other but
separated to avoid abrasion. The double mounting base, when used
with two cable ties, allow this to be achieved simply and quickly. Widely
used for securing cables, pipes and hoses in the automotive and truck
building industries, the mounting base is simply pushed onto a 5 mm
diameter weld stud or bolt.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with stud retainer
• For parallel routing of cables, hoses or harnesses
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Easy to install without the need for a tool
• For 5 mm studs or 5 mm ISO threaded studs
Parallel fixation of two cables.
L
Other dimensions are
available on request.
DSBS5
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50SDSBS5
4.6
150.0
35.0
T50ROSDSBS5
4.6
200.0
45.0
TYPE
Stud
Ø
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
225
5.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-56193
222
5.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-56199
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
116
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with Mounting Head for Screws
This range of one piece cable ties have a built in mounting hole and
once fastened around the cables it can be simply secured to the panel
with a screw or bolt.
The tie is fitted to the panel first and then the cables can be added.
Features and Benefits
• One-piece bundling and fixing tie
• Quick and easy installation
The mounting head ties can be easily screwed onto a panel.
Material specification
please see page 24.
L
W
T( )MR Series with Mounting Head for Screw fixing
TYPE
T18MR
T30MR
T50MS
T50MR
T50ML
T120MR
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Hole Ø
(FH)
2.5
110.0
20.0
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
80
3.1
PA66
Black (BK)
2;4-6
113-01810
2.5
110.0
3.5
160.0
20.0
80
3.1
PA66
Natural (NA)
2;4-6
113-01819
32.0
135
4.3
PA66
Black (BK)
2;4-6
113-03010
3.5
4.6
160.0
32.0
135
4.3
PA66
Natural (NA)
2;4-6
113-03019
165.0
32.0
225
5.3
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
113-05819
4.6
165.0
32.0
225
5.3
PA66
Black (BK)
2-10
113-05820
4.7
215.0
45.0
225
5.4
PA66
Black (BK)
2-10
113-05010
4.7
215.0
45.0
225
5.4
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
113-05019
4.7
215.0
45.0
225
5.4
PA66W
Black (BK)
2-10
113-05060
4.7
390.0
100.0
225
5.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
2-10
113-05419
7.6
395.0
102.0
535
6.5
PA66
Black (BK)
3;9-12
113-12020
7.6
395.0
102.0
535
6.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
3;9-12
113-12029
7.6
395.0
102.0
535
6.5
PA66HIRHSUV
Black (BK)
3;9-12
113-12060
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
117
1.6
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
Fixing Ties for Edges
EdgeClip-Family
These cable ties and EdgeClip assemblies are ideal for use where holes
are not acceptable or where, due to temperature problems, adhesives
will fail. Once the cable tie is fastened around the cables the EdgeClip
is presented ready for attaching to the panel. Widely used within the
automotive and panel building industries these cable ties and EdgeClips
save time and money.
Features and Benefits
• Easy assembly by hand
• For edges of 1 – 3 mm or 3 – 6 mm
• Integrated metal clamp holds clip firmly in place
• Clamp consists of double tempered steel spring
• Ideal for applications where holes or adhesives are not suitable
One Step to the Web!
The silver-grey clamp, the heart of our EdgeClips, consists of doubletempered spring steel in accordance with DIN EN 10132-4 C75S. The
spring steel gives the clamp both the necessary rigidity to provide
high pull-off forces and also sufficient flexibility for various possible
applications.
Pre-assembled 2-Piece Fixing Tie with
Edge Clip for edges of 1–3 mm.
1-Piece Fixing Tie T50SOSEC12 can be
pushed easily on edges.
process. The clamp therefore complies with the current EU Directive
200/53/EC on end of life vehicles and the prohibition on heavy
metals. The refined spring-steel clamp also fulfils the requirements for
resistance to salt spray stipulated in DIN EN ISO 9227 NSS (min. 840
h without corrosion of base metal) and DIN EN ISO 6270-Z-CH (min.
720 h without corrosion of base material). This solution has therefore
been approved by many OEMs for exposed installation locations, e.g.
in engine compartments and the running-gear area.
Date of issue: October 2015
The double coating is applied initially with a zinc plate system followed
by inorganic surface sealing. Naturally, no chromium (VI) is used in this
T50ROSEC10 fitted onto a plastic panel to hold a Ø 6 mm harness.
118
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
Fixing Ties for Edges
EdgeClip-Family
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
W
T50SOSEC12E
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50SOSEC12E
4.6
160.0
35.0
T50SOSEC13E
4.6
160.0
T40XEC5SP-E
4.0
T50SOSEC34E
T50SOSEC20-E
TYPE
Drawing
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
180
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
148-00200
35.0
180
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00000
85.0
15.0
178
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2;4-8
133-00059
4.6
155.0
35.0
180
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00036
4.6
161.0
35.0
180
3.0 - 6.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
2-10
126-00235
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Date of issue: October 2015
EdgeClips are also available on request
for panel thickness from 4–7 mm.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
119
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties for Edges, 1.0 - 3.0 mm,
Top Fixing
EdgeClip-Family
These cable ties and EdgeClip assemblies are ideal for use where holes
are not acceptable or where due to temperature problems adhesives
will fail. These assemblies are widely used for fixing and bundling cables,
pipes and hoses within the automotive industry, harness making, panel
buidling and electrical industry.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with EdgeClip
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• EC9, EC10, EC21 and EC22 are for minimum bundle diameters of 1 mm
• For edges of 1 – 3 mm
T50ROSEC10 fitted onto a plastic panel to hold a Ø 6 mm harness.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T30REC4A
3.6
148.0
33.0
T50SOSEC4A
4.6
150.0
T50ROSEC4A
4.6
200.0
T50ROSEC4A-W
4.6
T50REC4A
4.6
TYPE
Drawing
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
135
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
150-76090
35.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-76093
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-76099
200.0
45.0
225
PA66W
PA66W
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00570
202.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-76091
T30REC4B
3.6
148.0
35.0
135
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
150-76080
T50SOSEC4B
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00109
T50ROSEC4B
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-76079
T18REC10SD
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
155-38304
T50SOSEC10
4.6
150.0
31.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00015
T50ROSEC10
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-05904
T18REC9SD
2.5
100.0
22.0
80
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
155-37104
T50SOSEC9SD
4.6
150.0
31.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00019
T50ROSEC9
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-05903
T50REC9SD
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01280
Q50REC4A
4.7
210.0
45.0
220
PA66W
PA66W
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01085
Q50REC4B
4.7
210.0
45.0
220
PA66W
PA66W
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01086
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
120
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Fixing Tie with EC4
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties for Edges, 1.0 - 3.0 mm,
Side Fixing
EdgeClip-Family
These cable ties and EdgeClip assemblies are ideal for use where holes
are not acceptable or where due to temperature problems adhesives
will fail. These assemblies are widely used for fixing and bundling cables,
pipes and hoses within the automotive industry, harness making, panel
buidling and electrical industry.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with EdgeClip
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• EC9, EC10, EC21 and EC22 are for minimum bundle diameters of 1 mm
• For edges of 1 – 3 mm
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T30REC5A
3.6
148.0
33.0
T50SOSEC5A
4.6
150.0
T50ROSEC5A
4.6
T50SOSEC5B
T50ROSEC23 - the cable bundle runs parallel with the edge.
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
135
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
156-00003
31.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-40593
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-40591
4.6
150.0
31.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-40583
T50REC5B
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-40582
T50ROSEC5B
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
150-40581
T18REC21
2.5
100.0
18.0
80
PA66W
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
156-01231
T50SOSEC21
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00017
T50ROSEC21
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00010
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00011
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66W
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00576
Q50REC5A
4.7
210.0
45.0
220
PA66W
PA66W
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01087
Q50REC5B
4.7
210.0
45.0
220
PA66W
PA66W
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01088
TYPE
Drawing
T50ROSEC22
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
121
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties for Edges, 3.0 - 6.0 mm,
Top Fixing
EdgeClip-Family
These cable ties and EdgeClip assemblies are ideal for use where holes
are not acceptable or where due to temperature problems adhesives
will fail. These assemblies are widely used for fixing and bundling cables,
pipes and hoses within the automotive industry, harness making, panel
buidling and electrical industry.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with EdgeClip
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• For minimum bundle diameters of 1 mm
• For edges of 3 – 6 mm
Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with EdgeClip.
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T18ROSEC19
2.5
100.0
20.0
T50SOSEC19
4.6
150.0
T50ROSEC19
4.6
T50SOSEC20
T50ROSEC20
TYPE
Drawing
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
80
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2;4-6
156-04600
35.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-04601
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-04602
4.6
150.0
35.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00016
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00020
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
2-Piece Fixing Ties for Edges, 3.0 - 6.0 mm,
Side Fixing
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
T50ROSEC23
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00006
T50ROSEC24
4.6
200.0
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00007
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Other combinations between cable tie
and foot part available on request.
122
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Recommended Tools
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties for Edges, twistable
EdgeClip-Family
These cable ties and EdgeClip assemblies are ideal for use where holes
are not acceptable or where due to temperature problems adhesives
will fail. These assemblies are widely used for fixing and bundling cables,
pipes and hoses within the automotive industry, harness making, panel
buidling and electrical industry.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with EdgeClip
• Easy to assemble by hand
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• For edges of 1 – 2.5 mm or 1 – 3 mm
• Can be rotated to the desired position during mounting
EdgeClip CBTO50R, rotatable 90°.
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
CBT30MR
TYPE
Drawing
Width Length Bundle
(W)
(L)
Ø max.
Panel
Material
Thickness Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools Article-No.
CBT30MR
3.5
160.0
32.0
135
2.5
PA66HS
CBTO50R
4.6
202.0
47.0
225
3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
156-01601
CBTOS50RSTUD5
4.6
200.0
47.0
225
3.0
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS Black (BK)
2-10
156-00380
POM
Black (BK) 2;5-6
156-00049
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
123
1.6
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Pipe Clip
These fasteners interconnect two different bundles of goods, of various
size and type. The mobility of the fixing tie provides a secure grip and
protects the cables or bundles, even in difficult conditions.
Features and Benefits
• Easy to assemble
• For routing of two different bundles
• For post-installation of additional cables for pre-assembled cable looms
• Ideally used in the automotive industry, but also in all industries
where bundles and cables have to be routed and connected
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Pipe Clip, twistable 360°
Features and Benefits
• Simply clip onto a wire or hose
• Fixing clip offers full 360° rotation
• Routed cable can move in any direction in relation to the fixing point
• Inside serrated cable tie
• Ideally used in the Automotive Industry
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Pipe Clip
Date of issue: October 2015
Features and Benefits
• For post-installation of additional cables for pre-assembled cable looms
• Variety of twist angles and even different loop directions provide
flexibility for cable routing
• For OC1 and 2A additional cable tie dimensions are available
• CBTO-series for cable ties up to 5 mm
124
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
Other product styles are available
in the Automotive catalogue.
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Pipe Clip, twistable 360°
TYPE
Width Length Bundle
(W)
(L)
Ø max.
Drawing
Attach to
Ø
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
T50SVC4S
4.7
155.0
35.0
3.8 - 4.2
PA66HS, PP
Black (BK),
Natural (NA)
2-10
156-01374
T50SVC6,5
4.7
155.0
35.0
6.5 - 8.0
PA66HS, PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01371
T50SVCOC10-14
4.7
155.0
35.0
10.0 - 14.0
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-01385
T50SVCOC19-24,5
4.7
155.0
35.0
19.0 - 24.5
PA66HS, PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01369
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Pipe Clip
TYPE
Drawing
T50ROC1B
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Attach to
Ø
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
4.6
202.0
45.0
4.0 - 10.0
PA66HS, PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00306
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
2-Piece Fixing Ties with Pipe, twistable 90°
TYPE
Drawing
T50ROC15-18CBTO-SDSET
Width Length Bundle
(W)
(L)
Ø max.
4.6
202.0
45.0
Attach to
Ø
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
15.0 - 18.0
PA66HS, PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00419
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
125
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties for parallel separation
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie with coupler
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Easy addition of cables after assembly
• For parallel routing of bundles that can be twisted 90° even
after installation
T120RCoupler can be used for parallel
routing of two cable ties.
T120RCoupler
The second tie can be used for postinstallations.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Fixing Element - Coupler
W
Two Cable Ties with Coupler
Width
(W)
TYPE
T50RCOUPLER
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Cable Tie
Material
Foot Part
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
4.6
202.0
47.0
225
PA46
PA46
Grey (GY)
2-10
156-00382
4.6
202.0
47.0
225
PA66HIR(S)
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00276
T50RSINGLECOUPLER
4.6
202.0
47.0
225
PA66HIRHS
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-01134
T120RCOUPLER
7.6
390.0
105.0
535
PA66HIR(S)
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-00275
T120RSINGLECOUPLER
7.6
390.0
105.0
535
PA66HIR(S)
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-00550
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
126
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
1-Piece Fixing Ties with rivet, releasable
Offering a very secure fixing, particularly in applications suffering from
vibration, these rivet fixing ties are simple and quick to install. Designed
originally for the automotive industry they are now widely used in many
industries as diverse as agriculture and ship building.
Features and Benefits
• Simple to install with wings to lock ties firmly in place
• Releasable and reusable
• RELF and RI ranges are conventional 'serrated' cable ties
• FBR range has a 'ladder-type' design for a very flexible strap
Fixing ties with rivet for especially safe fixing.
L
L
Fixing ties type RELF
L
Fixing ties type FBR
Fixing ties type RI
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
RI 80
7.0
80.0
16.0
265
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
6.9 - 7.1
0.8 - 2.2
PA12
Black (BK)
2-12
131-14080
RELF170
8.0
180.0
44.0
RI 120
9.0
120.0
28.0
225
6.3
2.5 - 2.5
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
9-12
115-40902
265
6.9 - 7.1
0.8 - 2.2
PA12
Black (BK)
3;9-12
131-14120
RI 160
9.0
160.0
41.0
265
6.9 - 7.1
0.8 - 2.2
PA12
Black (BK)
11-12
131-14160
FBR6/140
12.0
158.0
42.0
-
6.2 - 6.5
0.8 - 2.5
PA66
Black (BK)
11-12
150-27140
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
127
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.6
Cable Ties With Fixing Elements
2-Piece Fixing Ties for Heavy Duty Applications,
for Screws
Used in the automotive and truck industry for harness fixing in the
engine body, these parts offer solutions in many other industrial
applications within difficult environments.
Features and Benefits
• Pre-assembled 2-piece fixing tie
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Secure alignment to the bundle due to H-design
• A suitable alternative for metal clamps
• Withstands vibrations and displacement forces
• High tightening torque through metal bushing
These HDM are suitable for assembling on screws.
Material specification
please see page 24.
H
L2
W
W2
L
HDM6/HDM8 with cable tie (L = length of tie "flat")
TYPE
Width Width Length Length Height Bundle
(W)
(W2)
(L)
(L2)
(H)
Ø max.
T50RHDM6
4.6
X80RHDM6O
4.6
T120RHDM6
T120RHDM8
X120RHDML6
20.0
200.0
26.0
37.5
200.0
34.7
16.0
15.5
50.0
23.0
Mounting
Screw Type
Material
Colour
Tools
Article-No.
M6
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-10
156-00410
M6
PA66HS,
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
2-12
156-01219
7.6
20.0
390.0
37.5
16.0
105.0
M6
PA46
Grey (GY)
3;9-12
156-00407
7.6
20.0
390.0
37.5
16.0
105.0
M6
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-00406
7.6
20.0
390.0
37.5
16.0
105.0
M8
PA46
Grey (GY)
3;9-12
156-00409
7.6
20.0
390.0
37.5
16.0
105.0
M8
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-00408
7.7
20.0
369.0
61.0
16.0
100.0
M6
PA66HIRHS,
PA6GF15
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-01105
X120RDHDM6
7.7
25.4
369.0
59.4
15.5
100.0
M6
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-01096
X120RDHDM8
7.7
25.4
369.0
59.4
15.5
100.0
M8
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-01097
X120RHDM65
x160
7.7
32.0
369.0
40.2
15.5
100.0
M6
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
3;9-12
156-01466
Recommended Tools
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MK20
MK21
MK3SP
MK3PNSP2
EVO7
MK7HT
MK7P
MK6
MK9
MK9HT
MK9P
For more information on toolings please refer to the Application Tooling chapter.
128
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Technical Information
Information and installation instructions
for self-adhesive mounting bases
HellermannTyton uses different types of adhesives for self-adhesive
bases: acrylate and synthetic rubber. These differ in the operating
temperature range and the 'pull off' force of the adhesive. Synthetic
rubber has an excellent initial grip, allowing for almost immediate use.
Acrylate adhesive has less initial grip, so there is a need to wait for a few
hours before use, but has a higher 'pull off' force than synthetic rubber.
This enables a permanent fixing lasting months or even years. To use
these adhesives the surface must be dry, and free of dust, oil, oxides,
parting agents and other impurities. For this the use of isopropane /
water (50/50) is recommended. After cleaning allow the surface to dry
completely. Peel off the protective backing on the self-adhesive base,
ensuring the adhesive is not touched. Apply the part to the surface and
press down firmly for several seconds.
Instructions for use
1. The surface must be dry, free from
dust, oil, oxides, parting agents and
other impurities. The surface to be
glued should be cleaned using a
clean cloth and isopropanol / water
(50/50). When using other appropriate
cleaning agents, ensure that they do
not attack the surface nor leave any
residues.
2. After cleaning allow the surface to
air-dry completely.
Adhesive
Operating
Temperature
ADHESIVE
Synthetic rubber
with base of
polyethylene foam
1.7
Synthetic rubber T50
-20 °C to +50 °C
Synthetic rubber T60
-40 °C to +60 °C
Acrylate with base of
polyurethane foam
Acrylate
to +105 °C
Acrylate with base of
acrylic foam
mod. Acrylate
-40 °C to +90 °C
3. Peel off protective backing and ensure
the adhesive area is not touched.
4. Press down firmly on the base with
the thumbs for several seconds.
We will be happy to send
you on request an up-todate technical datasheet for
whichever adhesive you are using.
Date of issue: October 2015
5. Depending on the type of adhesive,
wait for several minutes (synthetic
rubber) or hours (acrylate) so that the
adhesive can bond completely with
the surface.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
129
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Fixing Parts with Special Adhesive
SolidTack mounts offer an innovative fixing solution especially for low
energy surfaces like PP, PE or if drilling a hole is not possible. Suitable for
a wide range of indoor and outdoor applications on varnished, plastic or
metal surfaces in many areas e. g. electrical cabinet, railway, aerospace,
automotive and agricultural machinery.
Features and Benefits
• MB mounts with homogeneous system of acrylic adhesive
• Very good initial adhesion, increases with time
• High cohesive strength combined with good weathering resistance
• Innovative fixing solution for low energy surfaces like PP, PE or
painted / varnished surfaces
• Protection foil with finger lift for easy peel off
SolidTack products work on varnished and powder coated surfaces.
SolidTack-Series MB
G
F
L
One Step to the Web!
FH
W
For more information on the types
of adhesive please see page 129.
MB3-MB5 (side view)
MB3-MB5 (plan view)
Width Length Height Hole Ø Fixing Hole Strap Width
(W)
(L)
(H)
(FH)
Centres (F)
max. (G)
Material
TYPE
MB2APT
MB3APT
MB4APT
MB5APT
Colour
Adhesive
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
13.0
13.0
4.1
-
-
2.7
PA66
Black (BK)
mod. Acrylate 100 pcs. 151-00996
19.0
19.0
3.8
3.1
13.2
4.1
PA66
Black (BK)
mod. Acrylate 100 pcs. 151-00432
19.0
19.0
3.8
3.1
13.2
4.4
PA66
28.0
28.0
4.7
4.0
20.2
5.4
PA66
28.0
28.0
4.7
4.0
20.2
5.6
PA66
38.0
38.0
6.3
4.7
25.3
10.0
PA66
Natural (NA) mod. Acrylate 100 pcs. 151-00514
Black (BK)
mod. Acrylate 100 pcs. 151-00433
Natural (NA) mod. Acrylate 100 pcs. 151-00587
Black (BK)
mod. Acrylate 100 pcs. 151-00434
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
SolidTack-Series FKH
W2
W
L
FH
Flat Ribbon Cable Mount (side view)
Based on extremely soft wings any flat cable is gently fastened.
Width
(W)
Width
(W2)
Length
(L)
Hole Ø
(FH)
For Cable
Width max.
Material
Colour
Adhesive
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
FKH50AVHB
25.0
22.0
56.5
3.1
50.0
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
mod. Acrylate
100 pcs.
151-00312
FKH80AVHB
25.0
22.0
86.0
3.1
80.0
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
mod. Acrylate
100 pcs.
151-00313
TYPE
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
130
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Flat Ribbon Cable Mount
(front view)
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Self Adhesive, Screw Fixing Cable Tie Mounts
Where speed, simplicity and a firm fixing base are required these self
adhesive clips are ideal. Particularly suitable for use in control cabinets,
telecoms equipment or domestic appliances where the use of holes,
screws or nuts and bolts are impractical or undesirable.
Features and Benefits
• Screw or self-adhesive versions
• Simple to install with a screw or bolt
• Excellent security, particularly in areas of high vibration
• Maximum adhesive surface area to achieve high pull-off force
• 4-way entry for cable tie for quicker and more flexible installation
MB-Series Square-Cut, self adhesive, screwable
G
G
H
H
L
Cable Tie Mount MB2A (side and plan view)
MB2A
MB3A
MB4A3
MB4A
MB4CA*
MB4CAS
MB5A
MB5A3
W
FH
W
TYPE
MB-Series Mounts with square design / screwable, self adhesive.
L
Cable Tie Mount MB4CA (side and plan view)
Width
(W)
13.0
Length
(L)
13.0
Height
(H)
4.1
Hole Ø
(FH)
-
Strap Width
max. (G)
2.7
Material
PA66
19.0
19.0
3.8
3.1
4.1
19.0
28.0
19.0
28.0
3.8
4.7
3.1
4.0
4.1
5.4
28.0
28.0
4.7
4.0
5.4
28.0
29.0
29.0
37.7
38.0
28.0
29.0
29.0
37.7
38.0
4.7
5.7
5.7
7.1
6.4
4.0
4.2
4.2
4.8
4.7
5.4
5.4
5.4
8.9
10.0
Cable Tie Mount MB3A in application
Colour
Natural (NA)
Adhesive
Synthetic rubber T60
Pack
Cont.
100 pcs.
Article-No.
151-01802
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
100 pcs.
151-28320
PA66
PA66
Natural (NA)
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
Acrylate
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
151-28349
151-28430
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
100 pcs.
151-28412
PA66
PA66
PA66
PA66
PA66
Natural (NA)
Natural (NA)
Natural (NA)
White (WH)
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
Synthetic rubber T60
Synthetic rubber T60
Synthetic rubber T50
Acrylate
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
151-28469
151-28459
151-28449
151-28529
151-28530
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available. * Plastic box
MB-Series Square-Cut, screwable
G
F
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
FH
W
For more information on the types
of adhesive please see page 129.
Date of issue: October 2015
MB3-MB5
(side view)
TYPE
MB3
MB4
MB5
MB3-MB5
(plan view)
Width
(W)
19.0
28.0
37.7
Length
(L)
19.0
28.0
37.7
Height
(H)
3.8
4.7
6.2
Fixing Hole
Centres (F)
13.2
20.0
25.3
Hole Ø
(FH)
3.1
4.0
4.8
Strap Width
max. (G)
4.1
5.4
8.9
Material
PA66
PA66
PA66
Colour
Natural (NA)
Natural (NA)
White (WH)
Pack
Cont.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
Article-No.
151-28359
151-28479
151-00324
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
131
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Cable Tie Mounts for food industry, detectable
MCMB-Series, screwable
MCMB mounts are ideally suited for holding MCT-Series cable ties in
position, even in areas of high vibration such as food manufacturing
equipment and automated packaging machines.
Features and Benefits
• Distinctive blue colour for easy visual detection
• Simple to install with a screw or bolt
• Provides a secure fixing solution for routing cables, tubes and hoses
• 4-way entry of the cable tie for a quicker and more flexible installation
• Magnetic detectable – perfect for use with food and pharmaceutical
grade detection equipment
• Total metal dispersion provides consistent detectability, even for small
'cut-off' pieces
• Greatly reduced risk of contamination within food products
• Usable as part of HACCP process*
Detectable fixing solution containing of MCMB mount and MCT cable tie.
G
F
H
L
W
FH
One Step to the Web!
MCMB Mount (side and plan view)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Fixing Hole
Centres (F)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
MCMB3
19.0
19.0
3.8
13.2
3.1
3.5
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
151-01169
MCMB4
28.0
28.0
4.7
20.0
4.0
4.7
PA66MP
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
151-01170
TYPE
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
*HACCP stands for Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points. It is a method of identifying and eliminating potential hazards in food production. Those hazards that cannot be eliminated are controlled in
such a way that the consumer is protected. These controls are known as Critical Control Points (CCPs). They are CRITICAL because if they fail or are not carried out, the risk of the product harming
the customer, increases.
Material specification
please see page 24.
FDA HACCP
132
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
The MCMB mount can ideally
be combined with MCT cable
ties on page 62.
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Self Adhesive, Screw Fixing Cable Tie Mounts
These products are designed for simple, yet robust, installation in a
wide variety of applications - particularly used in telecoms equipment,
switchgear and control cabinets.
Features and Benefits
• Screwable or self-adhesive versions
• Concave design to support larger diameter cables and bundles
• 2-way mounting base for safe guiding of cables and conduits
• Suitable for applications with minimal space
• Mounted before cable installation
• Usable with standard cable ties
TY-Series mounts with rectangle design / screwable, self adhesive.
TY-Series Rectangle Design, screwable
G
F2
F
G
L
F
L
FH
W
FH
TY3G1, TY3G1S
(side view)
TYPE
TY3G1, TY3G1S
(plan view)
TY8G1, TY8G1S
(side view)
Width Length Height Hole Ø
(W)
(L)
(H)
(FH)
Fixing Hole
Centres (F)
TY8G1, TY8G1S
(plan view)
Fixing Hole
Centres
(F2)
Strap
Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
TY3G1
14.0
20.0
3.7
2.2
15.0
-
4.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-21319
TY8G1
25.0
32.0
5.5
3.2
15.0
14.0
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-21819
Article-No.
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
TY-Series Rectangle Design, self adhesive, screwable
TYPE
TY3G1S
TY8G1S
Width Length
(W)
(L)
Fixing
Fixing
Hole
Hole
Height Hole Ø Centres Centres
(H)
(FH)
(F)
(F2)
Strap
Width
max.
(G)
Material
Colour
Adhesive
Pack
Cont.
14.0
20.0
3.7
2.2
15.0
-
4.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Acrylate
100 pcs.
151-11319
14.0
20.0
3.7
2.2
15.0
-
4.0
PA66W
Black (BK)
Acrylate
100 pcs.
151-11310
25.0
32.0
5.5
3.2
15.0
14.0
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Acrylate
100 pcs.
151-11819
25.0
32.0
5.5
3.2
15.0
14.0
8.0
PA66W
Black (BK)
Acrylate
100 pcs.
151-11810
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For more information on the types
of adhesive please see page 129.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
133
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Cable Tie Mounts Q-Series
Features and Benefits
• Screw or self adhesive versions
• Perfect for combination with Q-ties
• 4-way entry for Q-tie
• Adhesive with high pull-off force
• Q-Mount base secures the Q-tie in a vertical position, leaving the
hands free to apply cables
Application video: Q-Series
Q-Mount QM, 4-way entry, self adhesive, screwable.
Q-Mount-Series QMA, self adhesive, screwable
G
L
W
FH
Q-Mount (side view)
TYPE
QM20A
QM30A
QM40A
The Q-mount base locks the Q-tie in
vertical position, leaving the hands
free to apply the cables.
Q-Mount (plan view)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
20.0
20.0
3.7
3.1
4.0
20.0
20.0
3.7
3.1
4.0
30.0
30.0
4.5
4.1
5.1
30.0
30.0
4.5
4.1
5.1
40.0
40.0
5.5
4.1
8.4
40.0
40.0
5.5
4.1
8.4
Without additional effort only Q-ties
can be used for temporary and final
cable bundling.
Colour
Adhesive
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
100 pcs.
151-10914
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
100 pcs.
151-10904
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
100 pcs.
151-10915
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
100 pcs.
151-10905
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
50 pcs.
151-10916
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
50 pcs.
151-10906
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
TYPE
QM20
QM30
QM40
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
20.0
20.0
3.7
3.1
4.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-10901
20.0
20.0
3.7
3.1
4.0
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-10911
30.0
30.0
4.5
4.1
5.1
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-10902
30.0
30.0
4.5
4.1
5.1
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-10912
40.0
40.0
5.5
4.1
8.4
PA66
Natural (NA)
50 pcs.
151-10903
40.0
40.0
5.5
4.1
8.4
PA66
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
151-10913
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
134
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Q-Mount-Series QM, screwable
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Tie Mounts
1.7
Screw Fixing Cable Tie Mounts CTQM
Q-Mount-Series CTQM
CTQM mounts are ideally suited for holding our innovative Q-ties in
place. They would perfectly fit to all applications where a reliable and
durable fixation is required and where space is limited.
Features and Benefits
• 2-way mounting base for safe guiding of cables and conduits
• For cable ties up to 5 mm wide
• Uses screw with countersunk head (max. ø of head: 8.0 mm)
• Perfect for combination with Q-ties
• Pre-assembly feature
• Provides a secure hold with Q-ties, particularly in difficult situations
such as vertical mounting positions
Q-Mount, CTQM 2-way entry, screwable.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Please find more Q-Series products for your
system solution on page 54, 134 and 459.
FH
L
L
CTQM-Series (plan view)
TYPE
CTQM5
H
W
G
CTQM-Series (side view)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
9.5
21.0
6.7
4.5
5.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-10920
9.5
21.0
6.7
4.5
5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-10930
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
135
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Paste Adhesive Mount
PMB5 mount for uneven surfaces
The PMB5 mount offers a fixing solution for applications where a screw
fixing is not possible. Due to a larger diameter the mount can even be
installed onto uneven surfaces. PMB5 mounts are used in the railway
industry as well as in the renewable energy industry. Further applications
can be seen in the ship building and electrical industries and the
production of switching cabinets.
Features and Benefits
• PMB5 paste adhesive mount for fixings with paste / liquid adhesive
• Mount geometry offers a good form closure with cured adhesive
• Can even be installed onto uneven surfaces due to large diameter
• Can also be applied in combination with hot-melt adhesive, as mount
is made of heat resistant PA66
PMB5 mount with paste adhesive.
Material specification
please see page 24.
PMB5 Mount (plan view)
PMB5 Mount (front view)
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
PMB5
36.0
36.0
10.7
4.8
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-00498
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
136
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Screw Fixing Mounts
LKC- and NY-Series with overlapping curved design
Designed specifically for holding heavier cable bundles, these mounting
bases can be used in many industries from agriculture to truck
manufacturing. They offer a very secure fixing and can be used with a
wide variety of heavy duty cable ties up to 13 mm wide.
Features and Benefits
• Curved design for additional cable support
• Simple to install with a screw or bolt
• Excellent security, particularly in areas of high vibration
Cable Tie Mounts LKC Series.
G
NY3256 (side view)
TYPE
LKC
LKCSF1
NY3256
NY3256 (plan view)
Drawing
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
17.0
25.0
13.5
5.5
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-27019
17.0
25.0
13.5
5.5
8.0
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-27010
19.0
40.0
16.8
6.0
13.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-27219
19.0
40.0
16.8
6.0
13.0
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-27202
12.0
13.5
7.8
3.0
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
151-25219
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
137
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Screw Fixing Mounts
Cable Tie Mounts with curved design
Designed specifically for holding heavier cable bundles, these mounting
bases can be used in many industries from agriculture to truck
manufacturing. They offer a very secure fixing and can be used with a
wide variety of heavy duty cable ties up to 8.3 mm wide.
Features and Benefits
• Curved design for additional cable support
• Simple to install with a screw or bolt
• Excellent security, particularly in areas of high vibration
The KR-E/TFE mounts can
ideally be combined with the
E/TFE-cable ties on page 47.
Cable Tie Mounts KR6G5, KR8G5 and CTM.
W
G
H
FH
KR6G5, KR8G5 and
CTM (plan view)
Fixing Tie Mount KR6G5-E/TFE.
Detectable fixing solution containing
of MCKR Mount and MCTS cable tie.
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
9.4
14.7
6.9
3.8
5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-30300
9.4
14.7
6.9
3.8
5.0
PA66
White (WH)
100 pcs.
151-30303
9.4
14.7
6.9
4.8
5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-30400
9.4
14.7
6.9
4.8
5.0
PA66
White (WH)
100 pcs.
151-30404
KR6G5
11.8
17.8
8.8
4.5
6.4
E/TFE
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
151-00653
MCKR6G5
11.8
17.8
8.8
4.5
6.4
PA66MP+
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
151-00950
12.0
18.0
9.0
4.5
6.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-24619
12.0
18.0
9.0
4.5
6.0
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-24660
14.3
24.8
12.0
5.2
8.3
PA66MP+
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
151-01020
14.3
24.8
12.1
6.5
8.3
E/TFE
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
151-00654
14.5
25.0
12.0
6.5
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-24819
14.5
25.0
12.0
6.5
8.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-24850
15.5
21.8
9.4
4.6
7.9
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-30500
15.5
21.8
9.4
4.6
7.9
PA66
White (WH)
100 pcs.
151-30504
15.5
21.8
9.4
5.1
7.9
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-30600
15.5
21.8
9.4
5.1
7.9
PA66
White (WH)
100 pcs.
151-30605
15.8
21.8
9.4
6.4
7.9
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-30700
15.8
21.8
9.4
6.4
7.9
PA66
White (WH)
100 pcs.
151-30703
TYPE
CTM0
CTM1
KR6G5
MCKR8G5-5
KR8G5
CTM2
CTM3
CTM4
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Material specification
please see page 24.
HACCP
138
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
KR6G5, KR8G5
and CTM (side view)
L
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Tie Mounts
1.7
Screw Fixing Mounts
CTAM-Series for applications where space is limited
Each of these products offer particular benefits, but all are designed
for simple, yet robust, installation in a wide variety of applications.
Particularly used in telecoms equipment, switchgear and control cabinets.
Features and Benefits
• Suitable for applications with minimal space
• Mounted before cable installation and in line with cable
• CTAM has 4-way entry design for use in line or at 90° angle
to cable run
• CTAM mounts are available in different sizes and materials
CTAM mounts, for applications with limited space.
The CTAM mounts made of
PEEK are the ideal complement
for the PEEK tie on page 66.
The CTAM mounts made of
PA66MP+ are the ideal complement
for MCTS ties on page 64.
PEEK fixing solution containing of
CTAM and PT2A for temperatures up
to 240 °C.
Detectable fixing solution containing
of MCCTAM1 mount and MCTS cable
tie.
One Step to the Web!
Date of issue: October 2015
CTAM-Series (plan view)
CTAM-Series (side view)
CTAM-Series in application
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
CTAM1
10.2
20.4
5.1
4.3
5.0
PA66
White (WH)
100 pcs.
151-31103
CTAM2
10.2
20.4
5.1
5.2
5.0
PA66
White (WH)
100 pcs.
151-31203
CTAM1
10.2
20.5
5.5
4.3
4.6
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
100 pcs.
151-00757
CTAM2
10.2
20.5
5.5
5.2
4.6
PEEK
Beige (BGE)
100 pcs.
151-00758
MCCTAM1
10.3
20.7
5.1
4.3
5.0
PA66MP+
Blue (BU)
100 pcs.
151-00997
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
HACCP
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
139
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Mounts for Screw Fixing
These products are designed for simple, yet robust, installation in a
wide variety of applications - particularly used in telecoms equipment,
switchgear and control cabinets.
Features and Benefits
• Simple to install with a screw or bolt
• Excellent security, particularly in areas of high vibration
• Single hole fixing with two-way entry for cable tie
TY- (l) and MB-Series (r) with curved design, screwable.
MB-Series Curved Design, screwable
L
G
G
FH
W
H
MB1, MB2 Mounts (side view)
TYPE
MB1
MB2
MB1, MB2 Mounts in application
MB1, MB2 Mounts (plan view)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
8.0
12.5
3.5
2.9
2.6
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-28119
12.5
20.5
3.3
5.0
5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-28210
12.5
20.5
3.3
5.0
5.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-28219
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
TY-Series Curved Design, screwable
G
L
FH
W
TY3, TY8 Mounts (side view)
TY3, TY8 Mounts (plan view)
TY3, TY8 Mounts in application
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
TY3F1
8.0
19.0
7.2
3.5
5.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
151-23319
TY8F1
10.0
22.4
7.2
4.5
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
1,000 pcs.
151-23819
TYPE
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
140
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
H
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Screw Fixing Mounts
LKM / CL / FH with curved design for sideways fixing
In areas with limited space, these mounting bases allow the cable to
be offset from the fixing hole, and can be installed in the equipment
prior to the cable installation. A major cost saving can be made by using
these products as many different sizes of standard cable ties can be
used, reducing the need to stock a wide range of specific fixing ties.
Features and Benefits
• Screw mounts for fixing cable sideways
• Ideal for securing large, heavier bundles
• Suitable for cable ties up to 8 mm wide
LKM, CL8 and FH cable tie mounts for applications with limited space.
LKM, CL8 cable tie mounts
(plan and side view)
FH cable tie mounts
(plan and side view)
CL8 cable tie mount in application
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
FH18
7.1
13.3
4.0
-
3.7
2.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
500 pcs.
151-61119
FH30
9.5
17.9
4.7
-
5.5
3.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
500 pcs.
151-61319
FH50
11.3
22.2
6.2
-
7.1
4.6
PA66
Natural (NA)
500 pcs.
151-61519
12.0
27.0
16.0
5.0
6.0
7.6
PA66
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-26301
12.0
27.0
16.0
5.0
6.0
7.6
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-26304
12.5
27.3
16.0
5.0
6.5
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-26819
12.5
27.3
16.0
5.0
6.5
8.0
PA66W
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-26860
LKM
CL8
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Date of issue: October 2015
Material specification
please see page 24.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
141
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Mounting Plates for Screw Fixing
MP-Series for parallel bundling
Many applications require each cable run to be firmly held in place
but separately from adjacent cable runs (example - control cabinets,
machinery and military systems). The MP series of mounts helps to
achieve this.
Features and Benefits
• Allow multiple cables to be run in parallel
• Simple to fix with two screws
• Cables are fixed by using a cable tie through any combination of the
available slots
MSMP mounting plates, screwable.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Mounting plates in application
FH
H
Mounting plates MP and MSMP
(plan and side view)
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
No. of
bundles
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
MP2M3
12.7
76.2
3.2
3.7
5.2
2
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-24219
MP3M3
12.7
108.0
3.2
3.7
5.2
3
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-24319
MP4M3
12.7
139.8
3.2
3.7
5.2
4
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-24419
MP5M3
12.7
171.6
3.2
3.7
5.2
5
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-24519
MSMP5/10
15.8
204.5
5.3
5.1
7.6
5
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-25519
MSMP6/6
15.8
244.0
5.3
3.8
7.6
6
PA66
Natural (NA)
100 pcs.
151-25619
MSMP4
15.9
167.0
5.2
5.1
8.2
4
PA66
Natural (NA)
500 pcs.
150-83499
For product specific approvals and specifications please refer to the Appendix.
142
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Cable Tie Mounts
1.7
Screw Fixing Mounts
Stainless Steel 316 mounts
Suitable for the secure fixing of cables, tubing, conduits and pipes within
the most arduous of environments. Providing a complete fastening and
fixing solution when used in conjunction with stainless steel ties up to
10.0 mm width. They are ideal for use within shipbuilding, oil and gas
(offshore), industrial machinery and vehicles, food and beverage, power,
renewable energy and process industries.
Features and Benefits
• 2-way fixing for stainless steel cable ties
• High performance stainless steel 316 material
• Heavy duty design
• Robust and durable solution
• Resistant to a range of materials and conditions
• Quick and easy to install
• Safe and secure solution for cables, tubing, conduits and pipes
• Ideal for a range of industries and applications
Stainless Steel P-Mount SSPC for use in arduous environments.
The SSPC-Mounts can ideally be
combined with the MBT cable
ties on page 83–89 and with the MST
and MLT cable ties on page 90, 91.
One Step to the Web!
L
G
H
SSPC-Series (plan view)
SSPC-Series (side view)
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
SSPC4
10.2
23.0
4.5
4.2
10.0
SS316
Metal (ML)
100 pcs.
151-00837
SSPC5
10.2
23.0
4.5
5.3
10.0
SS316
Metal (ML)
100 pcs.
151-00838
SSPC6
10.2
23.0
4.5
6.3
10.0
SS316
Metal (ML)
100 pcs.
151-00839
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
143
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Harness Clip for Heavy Duty Applications,
for Screws or threaded Bolts
Primarily designed for use in the automotive / truck industry, these
parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where
bundles need mounting.
Features and Benefits
• Secure alignment to the bundle due to H-design
• Pre-fixing of clip with integrated nose (standard types)
• For cable ties up to 12.7 mm wide
• High tightening torque through metal bushing
• Easy maintenance of bundle by simply changing the cable tie
Heavy Duty Mounts HDM-Series, U.S. Patent Number 5820083.
Standard Torque Mounts
H
Material specification
please see page 24.
L
FH
G
w
HDM19, 25, 312
TYPE
Drawing
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
HDM25
19.0
35.8
16.7
6.2
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-00437
HDM19
19.3
36.3
16.7
4.7
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-00134
HDM312
19.3
36.3
16.7
7.8
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
100 pcs.
151-00439
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
HDM321
24.0
46.0
20.7
8.31
12.7
PA66HSW
Black (BK)
151-07100
HDM501
24.0
46.0
20.7
12.7
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
151-07500
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
144
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Medium Torque Mounts
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
High Torque Mounts (metal bushing)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
HDM320
25.0
47.0
20.7
8.31
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
151-07000
HDM400
25.0
47.0
20.7
10.29
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
151-07200
HDM500
25.0
47.0
20.7
12.95
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
151-07400
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
High Torque Double Mounts (metal bushing)
TYPE
Drawing
HDM375BDM4W
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
34.5
89.0
25.2
9.5
12.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
151-00756
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Harness Clip for Heavy Duty Applications for
Screws or threaded Bolts, for parallel separation
This heavy duty harness clip helps to fix and secure cables and wires in
railway, truck and agricultural vehicle construction, and is also used in
the ship building industry.
Features and Benefits
• For parallel routing of bundles
• Secure alignment to the bundle due to H-design
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• For cable ties up to 12.7 mm wide
• Easy maintenance of bundle by simply changing the cable tie
L
This saddle mount is installed between two bundles to separate them and prevent
chafing and wear.
W
H
Date of issue: October 2015
S2CM25
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
S2CM25
30.0
45.0
23.0
6.0
89.0
PA66HIRHS
Grey (GY)
500 pcs.
151-29400
S2HM25
30.0
45.0
23.0
6.0
89.0
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
151-29403
TYPE
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
145
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Harness Clip for Heavy Duty Applications,
for Screws or threaded Bolts for Edges
This heavy duty harness clip helps to fix and secure cables and wires in
railway, truck and agricultural vehicle construction, and is also used in the
ship building industry.
Features and Benefits
• Guides bundles securely above sharp edges
• For bolts or screws of D = 8 mm
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• Secure alignment to the bundle due to H-design
• For cable ties up to 12.7 mm wide
W
L
Axial oval mounts stand off bundles from frame rails and cross members to
prevent them from rubbing and chafing.
H
SAM83
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
SAM83
26.0
34.0
35.0
8.0
PA66HIRHS
Grey (GY)
500 pcs.
151-29600
SAOM82
26.0
34.3
35.0
8.0
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
151-29701
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Fixing elements for Parallel Routing, twistable
These fixing element for parallel routing can be used where bundles
need separation from each other combined with the necessary
functionality to support moving harnesses.
Features and Benefits
• For parallel routing of bundles that can be twisted 360° even after
setting
• Secure alignment to the bundle due to H-design
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
• For cable ties up to 12.7 mm wide
• For post-installation of bundles
The spacers can be easily rotated by hand, allowing the bundles to be crossed
and rotated at any angle.
W
H
DSWS4
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
DSWS4
20.3
23.6
18.0
6.0
76.0
PA66HS, POM
Black (BK)
2,200 pcs.
151-06500
DSWS5
25.4
40.6
23.6
16.0
152.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
50 pcs.
151-06502
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
146
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
DSWS4
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Fixing Elements with Fir Tree, for Distance Routing
Saddle Mount
These heavy duty fixing offers excellent performance for ship building
and the truck and construction vehicle industries.
Features and Benefits
• For parallel routing of four bundles
• Secure alignment to the bundle due to H-design
• For cable ties up to 12.7 mm wide
• Pre-fixing of tie with integrated nose
The mount can secure up to 4 separate bundles, providing parallel spacing
between the frame rail and adjacent bundles.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Fir Tree Saddle Mounts
TYPE
S3STM50
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Article-No.
22.0
50.0
35.0
55.0
12.7 - 13.7
1.9 - 13.0
127.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-29500
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Fixing Elements for BHT-Ties for Distance Routing
MSBT120
This heavy duty fixing offers excellent performance for ship building
and the truck and construction vehicle industries.
Features and Benefits
• For parallel routing of three bundles
• Retainer is fixed in the hole with BHT-tie
• Socket centres retainer in the hole and can protect tie from sharp edges
Saddle Mount MSBT120.
Date of issue: October 2015
MSBT120
TYPE
MSBT120
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
16.5
48.3
20.6
22.2
12.2
2.7
PA66HIRHSW
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
151-29301
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
147
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.7
Cable Tie Mounts
Heavy Duty Mounts for 3-way routing
Primarily designed for use in the automotive/truck industry, these parts
can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where
bundles need mounting.
These heavy duty harness clips help to fix and secure cables, lines and
hydraulic lines in truck, agriculture and railway vehicle construction, as
well as in the ship building industry.
Features and Benefits
• For parallel routing of bundles
• Secure alignment to the bundle due to H-design
• Easy maintenance of bundle by simply changing cable tie
• Cable tie head can be moved after bundling
S3SB15CBM8 and S3CBM8.
S3CBM8
Exemplary illustration of a possible
3-way transfer
Suitable for external cylindrical
hexagonal bolts M8
TYPE
S3CBM8
S3CBM8 in combination with our X-Series.
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Bundle
Ø max.
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
46.0
70.0
18.6
100.0
9.0
PA6GF30
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
151-01040
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
S3SB15CBM8
TYPE
S3SB15CBM8
Exemplary illustration of a possible
3-way transfer
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Bundle
Ø max.
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Pack
Cont.
Article-No.
46.0
70.0
18.6
100.0
9.0
PA6GF30
Black (BK)
500 pcs.
151-01010
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) may differ from package content. Other packaging options may also be available.
148
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Suitable for welding studs (M8 internal
bore & outer diameter 15 mm)
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Cable Fixing Cradle
TM1SF for cable ties width up to 5.2 mm
Offering simple and easy methods of securing cables or pipes, these
fixing accessories have many applications within a wide range of
industries.
Features and Benefits
• Ideal mount for space-saving applications with restricted access
• Arrowhead for very secure fixing
TM1SF Fixing Base for pre-drilled or pre-punched holes.
Material specification
please see page 24.
TM1SF Fixing Base
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
TM1SF
10.2
15.8
4.6
4.6
6.35
3.3 - 3.4
5.0
PA66
White (WH)
151-40119
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Arrowhead Cradle
SFC
Offering simple and easy methods of securing cables or pipes, these
fixing accessories have many applications within a wide range of
industries.
Features and Benefits
• Arrowhead fixing for use in pre-drilled or punched holes
• SFC and SFC2 for ties up to 5.3 mm wide
• SFC3 for ties up to 8.6 mm wide
Securely fix and route cables and pipes with SFC3.
W
Date of issue: October 2015
SFC
SFC3
SFC2
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
SFC2
6.0
14.5
6.0
0.8 - 1.0
5.3
PA66
Natural (NA)
151-02000
SFC
11.0
18.0
6.0
3.0 - 3.2
5.3
PA66
Natural (NA)
151-01600
22.0
15.5
6.3
0.8 - 1.8
8.6
PA66
Black (BK)
151-01906
22.0
15.5
6.3
0.8 - 1.8
8.6
PA66
Natural (NA)
151-01909
TYPE
SFC3
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
149
1.8
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
Bundling Clips
Originally designed for the Automotive industry, these clips offer simple
and easy methods of securing cables, hoses or pipes. They have many
applications within a wide range of industries.
Bundling Clips for Edges
Features and Benefits
• Easy assembly, just shuffle manually
• Designed for edges of 1 - 3 and 3 - 6 mm
• Integrated metal clamp holds clip firmly in place
• Clamp consists of double tempered steel spring
• ATS fixing elements can be tied automatically with
tools ATS3080 and AT2000
Cables and leads can be fastened with
a cable tie or adhesive tape to the bars
of the mounting element.
EC17 - Cables and leads can be
fastened with adhesive tape to the bar
of the mounting element.
TCSB5CYCC: Tapebar, Stud Retainer
and ConnectorClip in just one article.
The slim line BC series is particularly
compact and flexible.
Designed for defined distance of
bundles to the hole.
COW Clip used as tape-on clip.
Bundling Clips for Weld Studs, moveable
Features and Benefits
• Very flat bundling clip for 5.0 mm weld stud
• Horizontal length tolerance compensation
• Suitable for cables of reduced weight and diameter
Bundling Clips for round and oval holes
Material specification
please see page 24.
150
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Features and Benefits
• Easy to install without the need for a tool
• One fir tree foot part can be used for a variety of panel thicknesses
• Suitable for use within threaded holes
• Holding tabs prevent the tie slipping sideways
• Versions for oval holes feature anti-twist protection
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
1.8
Other product styles are available
in the Automotive catalogue.
Bundling Clips for Edges
TYPE
Drawing
EC14
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
10.0
40.0
12.4
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-03404
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Bundling Clips for Weld Studs, moveable
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Stud
Ø
Material
Colour
Article-No.
30.0
55.0
5.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00016
-
50.0
5.0
PA66HIRHS
Natural (NA)
151-00851
Length
(L)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
TC4FT6LG
37.0
6.3 - 7.0
0.6 - 5.1
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00215
WICKELCLIP-VDS
40.0
6.3 x 9.0
0.6 - 2.5
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
155-16301
STAND-OFF-CLIP-2
40.0
6.5 - 6.8
0.4 - 1.6
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
155-01600
BCSFT6.5 16-3MD
55.0
6.5
1.5 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
155-11601
BCOWFT5
24.9
4.9 - 5.1
2.9 - 3.1
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00904
TYPE
Drawing
BC30
BCUWS5-D5-25
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Bundling Clips for round and oval holes
Date of issue: October 2015
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
151
1.8
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
Connector Clips
The connector clips used here have been designed for electronic cables
and cable sets used in the automotive industry.
Connector Clips for oval holes
Features and Benefits
• Connector easily installed by simply pushing into place
• Connection can be released (non-destructive)
• Easy to assemble without the need for a tool
• Oval connectors offer twist protection
For a secure fixing simply push the connector by hand
(ConnectorClip YCCFT62x122).
Connector Clips for Edges
Features and Benefits
• Connectors are mounted simply by pushing them into retainer
• Connector can be removed without damage
• Fastened to an edge, the EdgeClip ensures a snug fit on almost all
types of connector
EdgeClip EC6mod.
Connector Clips for round holes
ConnectorClips are available for many different
connector types and fixing varieties.
Material specification
please see page 24.
152
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Features and Benefits
• Connector easily installed by simply pushing into place
• Connection can be released (non-destructive)
• One fir tree foot part can be used for a variety of panel thicknesses
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Disc covers the hole to prevent dirt and water gaining access
• For twist protection: Variants with additional stick or for oval holes
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
1.8
Other product styles are available
in the Automotive catalogue.
Connector Clips for oval holes
TYPE
Drawing
CCSFT7x12
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
7.0 x 12.0
0.8 - 2.0
PA66HIRHS
Grey (GY)
151-00222
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Connector Clips for Edges
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
EC42
1.5 - 4.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00429
EC6mod
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00464
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Connector Clips for round holes
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
FT6LG m. AMP-Aufnahme
6.5 - 7.0
0.7 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
155-03800
FT6LG.M.STECKERAUFN.
6.4 - 7.1
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
155-18901
CC-PAEKSFT6.5PT1.7-2.3
6.3 - 6.7
1.7 - 2.3
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00840
Date of issue: October 2015
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
153
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses
KSFT6.5OC1-3 with Arrowhead for bundle diameter 1.0 - 3.0 mm
These fixing elements can be used in a wide range of applications where
space saving work is necessary.
Features and Benefits
• Fixing part with rounded arrowhead to minimise assembly height
• Ideal for applications where space is limited
• Simply clip on a wire or hose
• Bundle diameter is defined
• Suitable for post-installation of bundles
The very low arrowhead is specially designed for narrow installation spaces.
H
KSFT6.5 OC 7-9
Height
(H)
Attach to
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
KSFT6.5OC1-3
14.4
1.0 - 3.0
6.3 - 6.7
2.3 - 2.7
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00673
KSFT6,5 OC 7-9
21.6
7.0 - 9.0
6.3 - 6.7
2.3 - 2.7
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00674
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Fixing Elements with Fir Tree
HC48FT6 with Firtree for bundle diameter 4.8 mm
Features and Benefits
• Easy to install without the need for a tool
• Disc covers the hole to prevent dirt and water gaining access
• Bundle diameter is defined
• Clips to be attached into bore hole
• Suitable for post-installation of bundles
H
TYPE
HC48FT6
Drawing
Height
(H)
Attach to
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
20.8
4.3 - 5.2
6.5 - 7.0
0.7 - 2.8
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00680
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
154
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
HC48FT6
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses with
Automatic Locking Feature
AHC-Series
Offering a simple and secure method of attaching cables to panels.
Originally designed for the automotive industry, these products are used
in a wide range of applications with sheet metal panels across various
industries.
Features and Benefits
• Push and click closure for fixing of wires
• Clip is clicked into a specific hole
• AHC( )SS und AHC( )SB can be pushed onto a 5.0 mm stud
Automatic Harness Clip open.
Automatic Harness Clip closed.
L
w
Material specification
please see page 24.
AHC( )AH
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Hole Ø
(FH)
Stud
Ø
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
AHC2SS
10.0
29.0
20.0
-
5.0
-
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00368
AHC1AH
10.0
24.0
13.0
6.2 - 6.7
-
0.5 - 2.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00366
AHC2AH
10.0
29.5
20.0
6.2 - 6.7
-
0.5 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00367
AHC4AH
13.5
57.6
41.5
6.5
-
0.8 - 2.7
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00374
AHC3SB
10.0
43.0
28.0
-
5.0
-
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00373
AHC3DH
10.0
66.0
28.0
6.2 x 12.2
-
0.5 - 2.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00181
AHC3EH2
11.0
44.2
28.0
6.2 x 12.2
-
1.8 - 4.8
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00928
Date of issue: October 2015
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
155
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses with
Automatic Locking Feature
AHC-Series
w
L
AHC( )AH
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Hole Ø
(FH)
Stud
Ø
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
AHC2BH
10.0
31.5
20.0
6.0 x 12.2
-
0.5 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00208
AHC3BHR
10.0
40.0
28.0
6.2 x 12.2
-
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00370
AHC45BHG2
14.0
50.0
36.0
6.2 x 12.2
-
1.0 - 3.0
PA46
Grey (GY)
151-01197
AHC25FT6LG
10.0
34.0
22.0
6.4 - 7.0
-
0.7 - 4.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-01198
AHC223FT6LG
10.0
35.0
23.0
6.4 - 7.0
-
0.7 - 4.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-01078
AHC36FT6LG
14.0
50.0
36.0
6.4 - 7.0
-
0.7 - 4.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-01302
AHC3CHR
10.0
40.0
28.0
6.2 x 12.2
-
1.0 - 2.7
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-00371
TYPE
Drawing
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
156
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
1.8
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses with
Automatic Locking Feature, interconnectable
Offering a simple and secure method of attaching cables to panels.
Originally designed for the automotive industry, these products are used
in a wide range of applications with sheet metal panels across various
industries.
Features and Benefits
• Push and click closure
• Coupling elements of the IAHC variants allow parts to interconnect
• Clip is clicked into a specific hole
• IAHC( )T can only be connected with another IAHC element
IHAC( )AH in combination with an IAHC( )T.
IAHC-Series, Connectable
W
L
IHAC( )AH in combination with an IAHC( )T.
IAHC( )T
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Article-No.
IAHC1T
10.0
23.0
13.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00223
IAHC2T
10.0
30.0
20.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00199
IAHC3T
10.0
40.0
28.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00213
IAHC4T
13.5
47.0
36.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00207
IAHC5T
13.5
57.0
45.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00195
TYPE
Drawing
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Date of issue: October 2015
Material specification
please see page 24.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
157
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses with
Automatic Locking Feature, interconnectable
IAHC-Serie, Connectable, with Arrowhead
w
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
AHC( )AH
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
13.5
40.0
28.0
6.2 - 6.7
0.7 - 2.7
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00378
13.5
53.0
36.0
6.2 - 6.7
0.5 - 2.5
PA6HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00211
13.5
53.0
36.0
6.2 - 6.7
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00382
IAHC5BH
13.5
57.0
45.0
6.2 x 12.2
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00384
IAHC3CH
10.0
47.0
28.0
6.2 x 12.2
0.7 - 2.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00381
IAHC4CH
13.5
53.0
36.0
6.2 x 12.2
0.7 - 2.0
PA6HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00383
IAHC3EH
13.5
44.5
28.0
6.2 x 12.2
1.5 - 3.1
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00489
IAHC5FH
13.5
61.5
45.0
6.2 x 12.2
1.5 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00787
TYPE
IAHC3AH
IAHC4AH
Drawing
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
158
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
1.8
Fixing Elements for Tubes and Harnesses, for Edges
EdgeClip-Family
Edge Clips are used in the automotive and electrical industries for
applications where it is impossible to drill holes or no other fixing points
are available.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable fixing elements with EdgeClip
• Low-vibration routing of larger bundle diameters
• Can be easily pushed onto an edge by hand
• Can also be snapped together with one hand
• Bundles can be released at any time
• EC27: fixing element enables use of smaller bundle diameters
• EC41: for parallel guidance of two bundles
EdgeClip cable and tube clips are suitable for the low-vibration routing of cables
and tubes with larger bundle diameters.
Panel
Thickness
Attach to
Ø
Material
Colour
Article-No.
EC27
1.0 - 3.0
15.0 - 22.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00161
EC39
1.0 - 3.0
15.3 - 15.9
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-00174
EC41
3.0 - 6.0
2 x 8.0
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
151-00234
HCEC3.0SP-C
1.0 - 3.0
12.0 - 15.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00610
HCEC3.0TPS
1.0 - 3.0
4.5 - 5.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00645
TYPE
Drawing
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
159
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Elements for Corrugated Tubing,
with Fir Tree
CTC-Series
CTC clamps are used in the automotive, harness making and electrical
industries and wherever corrugated tubing has to be quickly and
firmly fixed.
Features and Benefits
• Available for a variety of nominal diameters
• Fir tree foot part can be used for a variety of panel thicknesses
• Suitable for use within threaded holes
• Tube is guided accurately, clipping into place
• Movement is prevented by the inside profile of the clamp
The tubing clips into the CTC clamp and is held firmly.
Material specification
please see page 24.
CTC10FT6LG
TYPE
Width
(W)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Nominal
Ø
Disc
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
CTC4.5FT6LG
8.0
16.1
11.1
4.5
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-14314
CTC7.5FT6LG
8.0
18.6
11.1
7.5
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-14313
155-31602
CTC7.5FT9
8.0
19.9
12.2
7.5
23.0
8.7 - 9.0
3.0 - 5.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
CTC10FT6
8.0
21.4
7.5
10.0
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-14311
CTC10FT6LG
8.0
21.4
11.1
10.0
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00018
CTC10FT9
8.0
22.7
12.2
10.0
23.0
8.7 - 9.0
3.0 - 5.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
155-17801
CTC13FT6
8.0
25.2
7.5
13.0
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-14312
CTC13FT6LG
8.0
25.2
11.1
13.0
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00019
CTC22FT9
8.0
37.7
12.2
22.0
23.0
8.7 - 9.0
3.0 - 5.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
155-25201
CTCL4.5FT6LG
10.0
14.3
10.7
4.5
16.0
6.5 - 7.0
0.8 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-01115
CTCFT6
11.0
18.5
9.3
15.0
-
6.3 - 6.7
0.7 - 4.5
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00783
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
160
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
1.8
Fixing Elements for Corrugated Tubing,
for Weld Studs
CTC-Series for Weld Studs
These holders are used in the automotive industry, in the production
of cable harnesses and in the electrical industry. Their quick and easy
mounting is the reason for their universal success wherever corrugated
tubing and pipes have to be fixed quickly and securely.
Features and Benefits
• Fixing elements for corrugated tubing for nominal diameters from
4.5 - 17.0 mm
• For M6 weld studs
• Soft-Push mechanic for simple assembly without the need for a tool
• Tube is guided accurately, clipping into place
• Movement is prevented by the inside profile of the clamp
• Clamp can be unscrewed and removed from the weld stud
The tubing clips into the CTC clamp and is held firmly.
W
L
L
W
W
CTC( )SBS6
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Nominal
Ø
Stud
Ø
Material
Colour
Article-No.
CTC4.5SBS6
11.0
28.6
18.7
4.5
6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00700
CTC7.5SBS6
11.0
31.8
19.4
7.5
6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00701
CTC10SBS6
11.0
35.3
22.2
10.0
6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00702
CTC13SBS6
11.0
37.0
26.5
13.0
6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00703
CTC17SBS6
11.0
44.6
33.2
17.0
6.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00010
TYPE
Drawing
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
161
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Elements for Corrugated Tubing,
with Arrowhead
These holders are used in the automotive industry, in the production
of cable harnesses and in the electrical industry. Their quick and easy
mounting is the reason for their universal success wherever corrugated
tubing and pipes have to be fixed quickly and securely.
Features and Benefits
• Clamps for corrugated tubing for a variety of nominal diameters
• Arrowhead simply locks into place
• Tube is guided accurately, clipping into place
• Movement is prevented by the inside profile of the clamp
• CTCLPROFILE clamp can also fastened to a metal edge
Simple and secure installation of pipes or hoses to panels.
W
L
Material specification
please see page 24.
H
H
RCC D21, D24, D28
RCC D21, D24, D28
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Nominal
Ø
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
RCC D21
22.0
31.0
30.0
21.0
6.2 x 12.2
0.7 - 2.5
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
150-92300
RCC D24
22.0
33.0
33.0
24.0
6.2 x 12.2
0.7 - 2.5
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
155-04000
RCC D28
22.0
37.0
37.0
28.0
6.75 x 13.25
0.7 - 3.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00598
CTCLPROFILE
12.0
64.5
59.5
31.2
7.8 - 8.2
2.3 - 2.7
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00026
TYPE
Drawing
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
162
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Fixing Elements
1.8
Fixing Elements for Weld Studs
Many industries (but specifically the automotive market) use 'weld studs'
as the standard method of attaching components. Simply hammered
onto the stud, these parts provide ideal fixing bases for attaching cables,
pipes or hoses. The use of weld studs avoids the problems associated
with 'holes' (ingress of moisture, corrosion etc).
Features and Benefits
• Simple and quick method of fixing
• SBH types simply hammered onto the stud
• SBH1 and SBH3 allow cables to run across the panel
• SBH2 allow cables to run at 90° to the panel
SB-Series
SBH1, SBH3
SBH1, SBH3
Cable tie base SBH1,3
Cable tie base SBH2
SBH2
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Length
(L2)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Stud
Ø
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
SBH1
12.5
26.8
9.0
13.9
15.9
5.0
8.5
PA66
Black (BK)
151-26150
SBH2
12.5
26.8
9.0
14.0
12.5
5.0
8.5
PA66
Black (BK)
151-26250
SBH3
12.5
26.8
9.0
18.0
15.9
5.0
8.5
PA66
Black (BK)
150-18900
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
CT-Series
Date of issue: October 2015
Cable tie base CTMS5
CTMS5
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Stud
Ø
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
CTMS5
10.0
19.0
14.5
5.3
5.0
5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
151-03301
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
163
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Elements for Weld Studs
SBF-Clips
Features and Benefits
• Simple and quick method of fixing
• SBH types simply hammered onto the stud
• SBH1 and SBH3 allow cables to run across the panel
• SBH2 allow cables to run at 90° to the panel
Material specification
please see page 24.
H H2
Cable tie base SBF2
SBF2
TYPE
SBF2
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Stud
Ø
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Article-No.
10.0
47.7
18.2
13.5
5.0
13.5
PA66
Black (BK)
150-47700
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
164
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Base
LOK-Series
The LOK mounts, in conjunction with a cable tie, can be used either
indoors or outdoors for a diverse range of applications from holding
climbing plants, to securing cables running between buildings.
Features and Benefits
• LOK01 - LOK05 usable with any cable ties up to 9 mm wide
• Suitable for a wide range of materials, including concrete, brick,
block and wood
• Installed by knocking into 7 mm or 8 mm diameter hole
• LOK01B is designed for soft brickwork and 6 mm holes
• Elongated head of LOK05 for setting bundles at a distance
from brickwork
LOK01 fixing bases for indoor and outdoor use.
L
The whole LOK-Series can ideally
be combined with cable ties up to
9 mm cable tie width.
W
L2
L
LOK01 fixing base (front view)
LOK05 fixing base (front view)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Length
(L2)
Length
(L3)
ØD
Strap Width
max. (G)
LOK01B
12.0
30.0
6.5
2.5
7.2
LOK01S
12.0
34.0
6.5
2.5
9.2
LOK01
12.0
44.0
6.5
2.5
LOK05
12.0
49.0
12.5
2.5
TYPE
Hole Ø
(FH)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
9.0
6.0
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-80500
9.0
7.0 - 8.0
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-80600
9.2
9.0
7.0 - 8.0
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-80110
9.2
9.0
7.0 - 8.0
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-80700
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
165
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Fixing Base
LOK02
Designed specifically for holding heavier cable bundles, these mounting
bases can be used in many industries from agriculture to truck
manufacturing. They offer a very secure fixing and can be used with a
wide variety of cable ties up to 9 mm wide.
Features and Benefits
• Special design of fixing base gives additional support to cables
• Simple to install with a screw or bolt
• Excellent security, particularly in areas of high vibration
LOK02 fixing base application.
FH
H
LOK02 Fixing Base (front view)
LOK02 Fixing Base
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
LOK02
14.0
21.0
18.0
5.1
9.0
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-80210
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
LOK04
Whenever there is a need of running two or more cables in parallel, the
LOK04 fixing base provides an ideal and simple solution.
Features and Benefits
• LOK04 for running bundles with a distance in parallel
• Can be used with cable ties up to 9 mm wide
LOK04 - for parallel routing.
Material specification
please see page 24.
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L3)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
LOK04
16.0
4.0
9.0
PA66
Black (BK)
151-80400
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
166
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
LOK04
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.8
Fixing Elements
Rivet Mount
TY5-Series
The TY Fixings are ideal for use where a high pull out force is required
(eg. in the aircraft industry). The two piece 'wedge' ensures that once
installed the mounts will not come away from the panel. Particularly
designed for areas with restricted access.
Features and Benefits
• Quick installation
• Two-piece wedge
• Easy insertion
• Firmly fixes wide variety of cable ties
TY5 Wedge Base Socket.
Date of issue: October 2015
TY5 Wedge Base Socket.
TY5K2 Rivet Mount
TY5K1 Rivet Mount
TY5K5 Rivet Mount
TY5K3/5 Rivet Mount
TY5K3 Rivet Mount
TY5K4 Rivet Mount
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Length
(L2)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Strap Width
max. (G)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
TY5K2
12.0
14.0
10.0
7.8
9.5
5.5
4.9 - 5.3
1.0 - 5.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
152-11209
TY5K1
14.8
15.0
11.0
18.3
9.5
5.4
5.0 - 5.3
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
152-51059
TY5K5
17.8
18.0
11.0
38.3
9.5
5.8
5.0 - 5.3
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
152-55059
TY5K4
22.0
14.0
10.0
175.0
12.5
-
5.9 - 6.4
2.0 - 8.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
152-11409
TY5K3/5
22.0
18.0
14.0
10.0
9.5
9.3
4.9 - 5.3
1.0 - 5.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
152-11359
TY5K3
22.0
18.0
14.0
10.0
12.5
9.3
5.9 - 6.4
2.0 - 8.0
PA66HS
Natural (NA)
152-11309
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
167
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Blind Plugs
These products were developed especially for the automotive industry
for application in trunks, doors, wheel housing and dash panels. Parts
are even used for optical applications.
Features and Benefits
• Easy assembly without the need of a tool
• Disc of the part covers the hole and minimises ingress of dust, dirt
and water
• Standard geometry, e.g. fir tree or arrowhead
Blind plugs are available in different shapes and material.
TYPE
Drawing
TRIM PLUG 5
PLUG11
PLUG5.5
PLUG SQ8x8
PLUG5 WITH OPENING
PLUG10
PLUGFT6XL
PLUGFT7
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
5.0
4.0
PA66HIR
Natural (NA)
151-00333
11.0
4.0 - 6.0
PA66HIRHS
Natural (NA)
151-00485
11.0
6.0 - 8.0
POM
Black (BK)
151-00360
5.0 - 5.5
2.5 - 26.0
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-00399
5.0 - 5.5
2.5 - 26.0
PA6HIR
Grey (GY)
151-00401
7.6 - 8.0
1.0 - 3.0
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
151-00415
5.05 - 5.25
4.8 - 5.2
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
151-00419
10.2
2.0 - 12.0
PE
Black (BK)
151-00426
10.2
2.0 - 12.0
PE
Grey (GY)
151-00488
6.5 - 7.0
0.7 - 18.0
PA46
Brown (BN)
151-00428
6.5 - 7.0
0.7 - 18.0
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
241-00002
6.5 - 7.0
0.7 - 18.0
PA66HIR
Grey (GY)
241-00001
7.05 - 7.25
2.5 - 8.0
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
151-00414
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
168
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Material specification
please see page 24.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
1.9
Self Adhesive Clips
RA-Series with round design
These clips are ideal for use in applications which are difficult to access,
or for areas where self adhesive is the only possible fixing method (for
example, where fixing 'holes' would be unacceptable).
Features and Benefits
• One-piece self-adhesive fixing clips for quick and easy installation
• Designed to hold wires, cables or hoses without a cable tie
• Different sizes for various bundle diameters
Self-adhesive one piece fixing clips RA6 (l) and RB5 (r).
The RB-Series can be found on
the following catalogue page.
RA3-18 Series (side view)
RA3-18 Series (plan view)
Width
(W)
Width
(W2)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Adhesive
Article-No.
RA3
13.0
5.0
13.0
5.0
3.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-13018
RA6
19.0
5.0
19.0
9.0
6.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-13019
RA9
19.0
7.5
19.0
12.5
9.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-13020
RA13
25.0
10.0
25.0
16.5
13.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-13021
RA18
28.5
10.0
28.5
23.0
18.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-13119
TYPE
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
169
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Self Adhesive Clips
RB-Series with flat design
These clips are ideal for use in applications which are difficult to access,
or for areas where self adhesive is the only possible fixing method (for
example where fixing 'holes' would be unacceptable).
Features and Benefits
• One-piece self-adhesive fixing clips for quick and easy installation
• Designed to hold wires, cables or hoses without a cable tie
• Flat design for use in applications with limited space
• Different sizes for various bundle diameters
• Cost effective with easy application on smooth, clean surfaces
Self-adhesive one piece fixing clips RB20 (l) and RB14 (r).
W2
W2
W
W
L
L
H
H
RB5-Series (side view)
TYPE
RB5
RB8
RB20
RB14
RB5-Series (plan view)
RB8-14 Series (plan view)
RB8-14 Series (side view)
RB20
Width
(W)
Width
(W2)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Adhesive
Article-No.
19.0
9.7
19.0
6.0
5.0
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-14000
19.0
9.7
19.0
6.0
5.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-14059
25.0
12.7
25.0
11.5
8.0
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-13601
25.0
12.7
25.0
11.5
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-13606
27.0
18.0
33.0
25.0
20.0
PA66HIRHS
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-00831
27.4
23.0
33.2
16.0
14.0
PA66
Black (BK)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-00502
27.4
23.0
33.2
16.0
14.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
Synthetic rubber T60
151-00505
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Date of issue: October 2015
For more information on the types
of adhesive please see page 129.
170
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
1.9
Self Adhesive Clips
SAC with flexible flat design
These clips are ideal for use in applications which are difficult to
access, or for areas where a self adhesive solution is the only possible
fixing method (for example 'holes' would be unacceptable). Typically
applications include domestic appliances and trailers.
Features and Benefits
• Bendable metal 'tongue' for any shape or configuration of wires
or cables
• Cost effective with easy application on smooth, clean surfaces
Malleable tongue allows for a variety of sizes per clip.
W
For more information on the types
of adhesive please see page 129.
Material specification
please see page 24.
SAC-Series Self Adhesive Clip
SAC-Series in application
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Adhesive
Article-No.
SAC0
15.0
20.0
3.0
ST
White (WH)
Acrylate
151-00033
SAC1
20.0
30.0
4.0
ST
White (WH)
Acrylate
151-00100
SAC2
25.0
35.0
8.0
ST
White (WH)
Acrylate
151-00200
SAC3
31.0
43.0
12.0
ST
White (WH)
Acrylate
151-00300
SAC4
38.0
51.0
16.0
ST
White (WH)
Acrylate
151-00400
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
130100 for Flat Ribbon Cables
Features and Benefits
• Self-adhesive clip with integrated clamp for holding flat cables
• Manufactured from PVC
Date of issue: October 2015
130100 Self Adhesive Clip for flat cables.
130100 Self Adhesive Clip
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Material
Colour
Adhesive
Article-No.
130100
25.0
25.0
9.1
PVC
White (WH)
Acrylate
154-01119
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
171
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Flat Ribbon Clips
These clips are ideal for use in applications which are difficult to access,
or for areas where a self adhesive solution is the only possible fixing
method (for example 'holes' would be unacceptable). The FKH clips
are designed to retain flat ribbon cables - ideal for use in computer
equipment, gaming machines and domestic appliances. Available as a
self-adhesive mount or screw mount.
Features and Benefits
• One-piece fixing clips for flat ribbon cables
• Quick and easy installation
• Easily releasable and re-usable
Based on extremely soft wings any flat cable is gently fastened.
W2
W
Fixing can be realised with M3 screws
or acrylic adhesive backing
Flat Ribbon Cable Mount
(front view)
The flat ribbon cables are available in 4 different sizes.
L
FH
For more information on the types
of adhesive please see page 129.
Flat Ribbon Cable Mount (side view)
FKH-Series, Self Adhesive, Screw Fixing
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Width
(W2)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Material
Colour
Adhesive
Article-No.
FKH25A
25.0
31.0
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
Acrylate
151-15250
FKH30A
25.0
35.0
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
Acrylate
151-15300
FKH50A
25.0
56.5
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
Acrylate
151-15500
FKH80A
25.0
86.0
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
Acrylate
151-15800
TYPE
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Width
(W2)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
FKH25
25.0
31.0
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
151-16250
FKH30
25.0
35.0
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
151-16300
FKH50
25.0
56.5
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
151-16500
FKH80
25.0
86.0
22.0
3.1
PA66HIR
Black (BK)
151-16800
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
172
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
FKH-Series, Screw Fixing
Cable Ties and Fixings
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
1.9
Wire Push In Clips
WPC-Series
With the increased complexity of electronic and electrical installations,
the use of the WPC clips enable cables to be installed using the
minimum amount of space. Typical applications can be seen in the
frames/rails of control cabinets or within the white goods industry.
Features and Benefits
• Accepts single or multiple wires
• Simply push wires into place
• Self-locking to prevent accidental removal
• Arrowhead design for simple and secure installation
• Access to panel from one side
WPC – Wire Push In Clip.
Material specification
please see page 24.
FH
WPC Wire Push In Clip (side view, front view, in application)
TYPE
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Panel
Thickness
Material
Colour
Article-No.
WPC5
5.3
15.0
12.7
4.7
0.8 - 4.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
151-75059
WPC10
5.3
15.0
17.7
4.7
0.8 - 4.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
151-75109
WPC15
5.3
15.0
22.7
4.7
0.8 - 4.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
151-75159
WPC20
5.3
15.0
27.7
4.7
0.8 - 4.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
151-75209
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
173
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Snapper Hose Clips for Tubes and Harnesses
SNP-Series
SNP range may replace metal hose clamps. Snapper hose clips can be
used in markets as diverse as automotive, agriculture, white goods,
venting systems, pumps and hydraulic systems to medical engineering.
Features and Benefits
• Releasable and reusable plastic hose clamps
• Self-locking
• Releasable by giving a lateral movement to the 'head'
• Installation by hand possible
• Installation with processing tool for secure tensioning
• For higher operating temperatures: Glass Filled PA66
SNP - Snapper Hose Clips range.
SNP Snapper are also available on
request in material PA66HS and PA46.
SNP Clip (side view)
SNP - Snapper Hose Clip (front view)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
Width
(W) min.
Width
(W) max.
Width
(W2)
Wall
(WT)
6.0
6.5
8.33
11.73
3.8
6.0
6.8
8.56
11.79
3.8
SNP1.25
7.1
7.7
10.57
12.62
SNP1.5
7.8
9.2
13.00
SNP2(E)
8.7
10.0
17.00
SNP2
9.3
10.5
SNP3(E)
10.0
11.4
SNP4
10.4
SNP4(E)
10.8
SNP7
SNP6
TYPE
Material
Colour
Article-No.
1.00
POM
White (WH)
190-00022
1.00
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10010
3.8
1.10
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
190-00029
17.00
3.7
1.40
PA66GF15
Black (BK)
193-00150
21.00
6.0
1.50
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10029
12.22
17.48
5.9
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10020
19.00
25.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10039
11.7
13.39
19.15
5.9
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10040
12.3
19.00
23.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10049
11.4
13.7
18.62
28.73
5.9
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10070
11.7
13.3
14.71
21.54
5.9
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10060
SNP6(E)
12.0
13.7
19.00
24.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10069
SNP8
13.1
15.0
16.69
24.89
5.7
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10080
SNP8(E)
13.7
15.3
19.00
24.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10089
SNP10
14.5
16.6
17.60
26.90
5.9
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10100
SNP10(E)
15.0
16.8
19.00
24.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10109
SNP12A
15.9
18.2
20.96
29.90
5.9
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
190-00254
SNP12(E)
16.8
18.4
19.00
24.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10129
SNP14(E)
18.1
19.9
19.00
24.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10149
SNP14A
18.5
21.0
20.90
30.10
5.9
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
190-00300
SNP16
19.1
21.7
19.89
30.81
5.8
1.50
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10160
SNP16(E)
19.9
21.7
19.00
24.00
6.0
1.90
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10169
SNP18A
20.0
23.1
24.03
35.51
5.9
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
190-00258
SNP18(E)
21.4
23.0
16.00
22.00
6.0
1.90
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10189
SNP19
22.3
25.3
22.30
36.09
5.9
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
190-00090
SNP1
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
174
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
Snapper tools please
see page 527.
Cable Ties and Fixings
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
1.9
Snapper Hose Clips for Tubes and Harnesses
SNP-Series
Material specification
please see page 24.
SNP Clip (side view)
SNP - Snapper Hose Clip (front view)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
Width
(W) min.
Width
(W) max.
Width
(W2)
Wall
(WT)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
SNP20(E)
22.7
24.7
20.00
26.00
6.0
1.80
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10209
SNP22
23.7
27.4
23.90
37.69
6.0
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10220
SNP22(E)
25.3
27.3
20.00
26.00
6.0
1.60
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10229
SNP24
25.8
29.2
26.49
39.40
7.4
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10240
SNP24(E)
26.5
28.6
26.50
39.40
7.4
2.50
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10249
SNP28
29.1
33.6
25.91
41.81
7.3
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
190-00127
SNP32(E)
30.3
33.1
27.00
34.00
7.5
2.00
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10329
SNP32
31.2
35.8
27.33
44.40
7.3
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10320
SNP34(E)
32.5
35.1
27.00
34.00
7.5
2.00
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10349
SNP36(E)
34.8
37.1
27.00
34.00
7.5
2.00
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10369
SNP38(E)
36.7
38.9
27.00
34.00
7.5
2.00
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10389
SNP36
37.8
44.0
32.41
43.99
7.3
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10360
SNP42(E)
41.0
44.2
32.00
45.00
7.5
2.00
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10429
SNP38
41.0
48.1
35.61
57.51
7.3
1.80
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10380
SNP42N
44.5
52.2
35.10
58.93
7.3
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
191-00005
SNP50(E)
48.8
52.0
32.00
45.00
7.5
2.00
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10509
SNP50
52.2
58.6
36.50
60.40
7.5
1.70
PA66GF13
Black (BK)
192-10500
SNP58(E)
56.7
59.2
31.00
39.00
7.5
2.00
POM
Natural (NA)
191-10589
TYPE
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
175
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Aluminium P-Clips
Alu-P-Clip with / without chloroprene Insert
Manufactured from a high quality aluminium, these P-Clips provide
flexibility whilst providing a permanent fixing in the most arduous of
environments. The addition of a Chloroprene insert provides the cable or
pipe bundle with a high degree of protection against vibration, reducing
noise and also providing electrical isolation.
Features and Benefits
• Simple, secure pipe or cable fixing (e. g. caravan construction)
• Combine with chloprene insert for vibration resistance
(e. g. retain capacitors on PCB)
• Ideal for use in high temperatures
• Suitable for applications needing strength of metal components
P-Clips manufactured in polyamide, aluminium or aluminium with a chloroprene
insert.
Material specification
please see page 24.
F3
WT
F3
F2
TYPE
F2
Alu P-Clip (plan view)
Alu P-Clip (side view)
Width Width Wall
(W)
(W2) (WT)
Wall Hole Ø
(WT2)
(FH)
Alu P-Clip with
chloroprene insert (side view)
Fixing
Hole
Centres
(F2)
Fixing Hole
Centres
Bundle
(F3)
Ø max.
Radius
(R)
Material
Colour
ALU4
12.7
-
0.80
-
5.2
11.6
5.5
6.4
1.6
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10040
ALU5
12.7
-
0.80
-
5.2
12.6
5.5
8.0
1.6
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10050
Article-No.
ALU6
12.7
-
0.80
-
5.2
13.4
5.5
9.5
1.6
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10060
ALU7
12.7
-
0.80
-
5.2
14.2
5.5
11.1
1.6
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10070
ALU8
12.7
-
0.80
-
5.2
15.0
5.5
12.7
1.6
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10080
ALU10
12.7
-
0.80
-
5.2
16.6
5.5
15.9
1.6
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10100
ALU11
12.7
-
1.30
-
5.2
19.1
5.5
17.5
2.8
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10110
ALU12
12.7
-
1.30
-
5.2
19.9
5.5
19.1
2.8
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10120
ALU13
12.7
-
1.30
-
5.2
20.7
5.5
20.6
2.8
AL
Natural (NA)
211-10130
ALU4C
16.3
12.7
3.70
0.8
5.2
11.6
5.5
3.2
1.6
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15040
ALU5C
16.3
12.7
3.70
0.8
5.2
12.6
5.5
4.8
1.6
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15050
ALU6C
16.3
12.7
3.70
0.8
5.2
13.4
5.5
6.4
1.6
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15060
ALU7C
16.3
12.7
3.70
0.8
5.2
14.2
5.5
8.0
1.6
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15070
ALU8C
16.3
12.7
3.70
0.8
5.2
15.0
5.5
9.5
1.6
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15080
ALU9C
16.3
12.7
3.70
0.8
5.2
15.8
5.5
11.1
1.6
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15090
ALU10C
16.3
12.7
3.70
0.8
5.2
16.6
5.5
12.7
1.6
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15100
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
176
Alu P-Clip with
chloroprene insert (plan view)
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
R
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Aluminium P-Clips
Alu-P-Clip with / without chloroprene Insert
R
F3
WT
F3
F2
TYPE
ALU11C
Width Width Wall
(W)
(W2) (WT)
16.3
F2
Alu P-Clip (plan view)
Alu P-Clip (side view)
12.7
Wall Hole Ø
(WT2)
(FH)
4.50
1.3
5.2
Alu P-Clip with
chloroprene insert (side view)
Fixing
Hole
Centres
(F2)
19.1
Fixing Hole
Centres
Bundle
(F3)
Ø max.
5.5
14.3
Alu P-Clip with
chloroprene insert (plan view)
Radius
(R)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15110
ALU12C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
19.9
5.5
15.9
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15120
ALU13C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
20.7
5.5
17.5
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15130
ALU14C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
21.5
5.5
19.1
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15140
ALU15C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
22.3
5.5
20.6
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15150
ALU16C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
23.1
5.5
22.2
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15160
ALU17C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
23.9
5.5
23.8
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15170
ALU18C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
24.6
5.5
25.4
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15180
ALU19C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.3
5.2
25.5
5.5
27.0
2.8
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15190
ALU20C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
27.0
5.5
28.6
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15200
ALU22C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
28.6
5.5
31.8
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15220
ALU23C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
29.4
5.5
33.3
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15230
ALU24C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
30.2
5.5
34.9
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15240
ALU25C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
30.8
5.5
36.5
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15250
ALU26C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
31.7
5.5
38.1
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15260
ALU28C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
33.3
5.5
41.3
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15280
ALU29C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
34.1
5.5
42.9
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15290
ALU30C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
34.9
5.5
44.5
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15300
ALU34C
16.3
12.7
4.50
1.6
5.2
38.1
5.5
50.8
3.2
AL, CR
Black (BK)
211-15340
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
177
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Plastic P-Clips
HP-Series
For permanent or semi-permanent cable fixings, this range of P-Clips can
be used in a variety of industries. Their light weight form makes them
particularly suitable for use in the aerospace industry where minimising
weight, but retaining a strong fixing, is vitally important.
Features and Benefits
• Manufactured from Polyamide
• Good temperature resistance and high strength
• Wide range of sizes for every application
P-Clips H1P - H18P in different dimensions.
R
WT
F
TYPE
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
H9P
H10P
P-Clip H1P - H18P (plan view)
Width
(W)
Wall
(WT)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Bundle
Ø max.
Fixing Hole
Centres (F)
Radius
(R)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
10.0
0.80
4.2
3.2
8.5
0.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60019
10.0
0.80
4.2
3.2
8.5
0.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60000
10.0
1.00
4.2
5.0
9.5
1.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60029
211-60001
10.0
1.00
4.2
5.0
9.5
1.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
10.0
1.00
4.2
6.5
10.0
1.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60039
10.0
1.00
4.2
6.5
10.0
1.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60002
10.0
1.20
4.2
8.0
10.0
1.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60049
10.0
1.20
4.2
8.0
10.0
1.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60003
10.0
1.20
4.2
9.5
11.0
1.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60059
10.0
1.20
4.2
9.5
11.0
1.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60004
10.0
1.20
4.2
11.0
13.0
1.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60069
10.0
1.20
4.2
11.0
13.0
1.0
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60005
10.0
1.20
4.2
12.5
14.0
1.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60079
10.0
1.20
4.2
12.5
14.0
1.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60006
10.0
1.50
4.2
14.0
15.0
1.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60089
10.0
1.50
4.2
14.0
15.0
1.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60007
10.0
1.50
4.2
16.0
16.0
1.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60099
10.0
1.50
4.2
16.0
16.0
1.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60008
10.0
1.50
4.2
17.5
17.0
1.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60109
10.0
1.50
4.2
17.5
17.0
1.5
PA66HS
Black (BK)
211-60009
H11P
10.0
1.50
4.2
19.0
18.0
2.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60119
H12P
10.0
1.50
4.2
20.5
19.0
2.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60129
H13P
12.0
1.50
5.2
22.0
20.5
2.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60139
H14P
12.0
1.50
5.2
24.0
21.5
2.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60149
H15P
12.0
1.50
5.2
25.5
23.0
2.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60159
H16P
12.0
1.50
5.2
28.5
24.0
2.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60169
H17P
12.0
1.50
5.2
31.5
26.0
2.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60179
H18P
12.0
1.50
5.2
35.0
27.5
2.5
PA66
Natural (NA)
211-60189
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
178
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Date of issue: October 2015
P-Clip H1P - H18P (side view)
Cable Ties and Fixings
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
1.9
Plastic Rivets
TY-Series
These simple to use plastic rivets are ideal for improving productivity in the
working environment, saving time and money over more conventional
jointing methods. Ideal for joining panels, or components to panels in a
wide range of industries from automotive to panel building.
Features and Benefits
• One Piece
• Simply push pin into body of rivet
• TY3P1 and TY8P1 pins inserted using rivet placement tool
• TY8P2 has 'mushroom' head so pin is simply hammered in
• TY8P2 consists of two unattached parts
Plastic Rivet TY8P1 in application.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Plastic Rivets TY3P1/8P1
Plastic Rivet TY8P2, 1st piece
TYPE
TY3P1
TY8P1
TY8P2
TY8P2 pin, 2nd piece
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Height
(H3)
Ø
D
Ø
D2
Ø
D3
Ø
D4
Material
Colour
Article-No.
7.5
6.0
5.3
6.0
3.0
1.7
-
PA66
Black (BK)
241-11310
7.5
6.0
5.3
6.0
3.0
1.7
-
PA66
Natural (NA)
241-11319
10.0
8.0
7.5
8.0
4.0
2.6
-
PA66
Black (BK)
241-11810
10.0
8.0
7.5
8.0
4.0
2.6
-
PA66
Natural (NA)
241-11819
10.0
8.0
11.5
8.0
4.0
2.6
8.0
PA66
Black (BK)
241-11820
10.0
8.0
11.5
8.0
4.0
2.6
8.0
PA66
Natural (NA)
241-11829
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
179
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Clips with elasticated loop
Cradle Clip
A simple, versatile method of bundling cables - the clamp consists of two
parts, the 'clip base' for mounting onto a panel, and the elasticated 'loop'.
Features and Benefits
• 2-piece fixing part
• Suitable for pre-assembly and prototyping
• Useful for applications requiring the addition or removal of cables
• Simply stretch loop over clip for simple and quick cable containment
2-Piece fixing Cradle Clip.
Cradle Clip (plan view)
Cradle Clip (front view)
TYPE
C1
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Radius
(R)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
12.7
25.0
14.0
6.3
4.8
PA66
Black (BK)
201-10010
C2
12.7
35.0
18.0
11.0
4.8
PA66
Black (BK)
201-10020
C3
12.7
48.0
25.0
17.5
4.8
PA66
Black (BK)
201-10030
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Retaining Ring R1 - 3
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Length
(L2)
Height
(H)
Material
Colour
Article-No.
R1
23.8
16.0
22.0
3.2
PVC
Black (BK)
201-20010
R2
23.8
22.0
29.0
3.2
PVC
Black (BK)
201-20020
R3
23.8
33.0
39.0
3.2
PVC
Black (BK)
201-20030
TYPE
Date of issue: October 2015
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
180
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
1.9
Strain Relief Clips
Klam-Klip (KK)
Strain relief clips for gripping cables up to 8.5 mm bundle diameter. The
strain relief clip is simply attached to the mounting surface with an M4
fixing screw.
Features and Benefits
• Simple 1-screw fixing to guide and secure leads
• Two halves of the clip are linked to ensure no loss of parts
during re-wiring
• Anti-rotation pin prevents leads from twisting
Strain relief Klam-Klip in application.
Klam-Klips KK1 - 4.
Material specification
please see page 24.
Klam-Klip (side view)
TYPE
Date of issue: October 2015
KK1
Klam-Klip Cable Restraints (plan view)
Width
(W)
Length
(L)
Height
(H)
Height
(H2)
Hole Ø
(FH)
Bundle
Ø min.
Bundle
Ø max.
Material
Colour
Article-No.
8.8
22.0
14.0
3.5
5.0
4.5
5.7
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
234-10100
KK2
8.8
22.0
14.0
3.5
5.0
5.5
6.7
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
234-10200
KK3
8.8
22.0
14.0
3.5
5.0
6.5
7.7
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
234-10300
KK4
8.8
22.0
14.0
3.5
5.0
7.5
8.5
PA6HIR
Black (BK)
234-10400
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
181
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Maintenance Kit
BMS-100
Ideal for use by electrical installers, maintenance engineers or
laboratories.
Features and Benefits
• Practical 195-piece kit with snapper hose clips, aluminium and
plastic P-Clips
• Variety of cable tie mounting bases and self adhesive clips
195-piece fixings kit, BMS-100.
Description
Drawing
Type
Content
Article-No.
Page
Maintenance Kit
BMS-100
-
151-00000
Aluminium P-Clips
ALU8C
5
211-15080
176
C1
8
201-10010
180
R2
8
201-20020
180
Plastic P-Clips
H8P
7
211-60007
178
Rivet Mount
TY5K2
10
152-11209
167
CL8
10
151-26860
141
CTAM2
40
151-31203
139
KR6G5
20
151-24660
138
LKC
10
151-27019
137
Clips with elasticated loop
Screw Fixing Mounts
182
Date of issue: October 2015
Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
Cable Ties and Fixings
1.9
Clips, Clamps and Plugs
Maintenance Kit
BMS-100
Description
Drawing
Type
Content
Article-No.
Page
MB3A
10
151-28349
131
MB4CA
7
151-28459
131
TY8G1S
10
151-11819
133
Self Adhesive / Screw Clips
TY8H1S
10
151-12819
–
Self Adhesive Clips
RA13
5
151-13021
169
Snapper Hose Clips for Tubes and Harnesses
SNP10(E)
10
191-10109
174
Strain Relief Clips
KK2
10
234-10200
181
Wire Push In Clips
WPC15
15
151-75159
173
Self Adhesive, Screw Fixing Cable Tie Mounts
Date of issue: October 2015
Subject to technical changes.
Further information at www.HellermannTyton.com/fixings
183
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement